UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 20162017
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-1657
CRANE CO. 
   
Delaware
State of or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization:

 
13-1952290
(I.R.S. Employer identification No.)
  
100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT
(Address of principal executive offices)

 
06902
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 363-7300
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
   
Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act
Yes    ý        No     ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act
Yes    ¨        No    ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes    ý        No     ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes    ý        No     ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “non-accelerated filer,” and, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  x
  
Accelerated filer o
  
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller Reporting Companyreporting company  o
Emerging growth company  o
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes    ¨         No    ý
Based on the closing stock price of $56.72$79.38 on June 30, 2016,2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $3,311,668,270$4,728,455,211
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, par value $1.00, was 59,147,39659,645,117 at January 31, 2017.2018.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement for the annual shareholders’ meeting to be held on April 24, 201723, 2018
are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.




Index
 
     
     Page
 
Part I
Item 1.   
Item 1A.   
Item 1B.   
Item 2.   
Item 3.   
Item 4.   
 
Part II
Item 5.   
Item 6.   
Item 7.   
Item 7A.   
Item 8.   
Item 9.   
Item 9A.   
Item 9B.   
 
Part III
Item 10.   
Item 11.   
Item 12.   
Item 13.   
Item 14.   
 
Part IV
Item 15.   
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 
   






FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains information about us, some of which includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical information or statements about our current condition. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of terms such asas: “believes”, “contemplates”, “expects”, “may”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “would”, or “anticipates”, other similar phrases, or the negatives of these terms.
We have based the forward-looking statements relating to our operations on our current expectations, estimates and projections about us and the markets we serve. We caution you that these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. These statements should be considered in conjunction with the discussion in Part I, the information set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and with the discussion of the business included in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We have based many of these forward-looking statements on assumptions about future events that may prove to be inaccurate. Accordingly, our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what we have expressed or forecast in the forward-looking statements. Any differences could result from a variety of factors, including the following:

The effect of changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, including financial market conditions, end markets for our products, fluctuations in raw material prices and the financial condition of our customers and suppliers;
Economic, social and political instability, currency fluctuation and other risks of doing business outside of the United States;
Competitive pressures, including the need for technology improvement, successful new product development and introduction and any inability to pass increased costs of raw materials to customers;
Our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions and to realize synergies and opportunities for growth and innovation;
Our ability to successfully value acquisition candidates;acquisitions;
Our ongoing need to attract and retain highly qualified personnel and key management;
A reduction in congressional appropriations that affect defense spending;
The ability of the U.S. government to terminate our government contracts;
Our ability to predict the timing and award of substantial contracts in our recently acquired banknote business;
A reduction in congressional appropriations that affect defense spending;
The outcomes of legal proceedings, claims and contract disputes;
Adverse effects on our business and results of operations, as a whole, as a result of increases in asbestos claims or the cost of defending and settling such claims;
Adverse effects as a result of further increases in environmental remediation activities, costs and related claims;
Investment performance of our pension plan assets and fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect the amount and timing of future pension plan contributions; and
Adverse effects of changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations in the United States and other countries in which we operate.





Part I
Reference herein to “Crane”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Crane Co. and its subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise. Amounts in the following discussion are presented in millions, except employee, square feet, number of properties, share and per share data, or unless otherwise stated.

Item 1. Business
General
We are a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products comprised of four segments: Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials. Our primary markets are chemicals, power, oil & gas, power, automated payment solutions, banknote design and production and aerospace & defense, along with a wide range of general industrial and consumer related end markets.
We have been committed to the highest standards of business conduct since 1855 when our founder, R.T. Crane, resolved “to conduct my business in the strictest honesty and fairness; to avoid all deception and trickery; to deal fairly with both customers and competitors; to be liberal and just toward employees; and to put my whole mind upon the business.”
Our strategy is to grow earnings and cash flow by focusing on the manufacturing of highly engineered industrial products for specific markets where our scale is a relative advantage, and where we can compete based on our proprietary and differentiated technology, our deep vertical expertise, and our responsiveness to unique and diverse customer needs. We continuously evaluate our portfolio, pursue acquisitions that complement our existing businesses and are accretive to our growth profile, selectively divest businesses where appropriate, and pursue internal mergers to improve efficiency. We strive to foster a performance-based culture focused on productivity and continuous improvement, to attract and retain a committed management team whose interests are directly aligned with those of our shareholders, and to maintain a focused, efficient corporate structure.
We deploy a comprehensive set of business processes, philosophies and operational excellence tools to drive continuous improvement throughout our businesses. Beginning with a core value of integrity, we incorporate “Voice of the Customer” teachings (specific processes designed to capture our customers’ requirements) and a broad range of tools into a disciplined strategy deployment process that drives profitable growth by focusing on continuously improving safety, quality, delivery and cost.  An imbeddedembedded intellectual capital development process ensures that we attract, develop, promote and retain talent to drive continuity and repeatable results.
Revenues from outside the United States were approximately 37% and 36% in 2017 and 38% in 2016, and 2015, respectively. For more information regarding our sales and assets by geographical region, see Part II, Item 8 under Note 12,13, “Segment Information,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Reportable Segments
For additional information on recent business developments and other information about us and our business, you should refer to the information set forth under the captions, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in Part II, Item 7 of this report, as well as in Part II, Item 8 under Note 12,13, “Segment Information,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for sales, operating profit and assets employed by each segment.
Fluid Handling
The Fluid Handling segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for critical performance applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves and Other Products.
Process Valves and Related Products includes on/off valves and related products for critical and demanding applications in the chemical, oil & gas, power and general industrial end markets globally. Products are sold under the trade names Crane, Saunders, Jenkins, Pacific, Xomox, Krombach, DEPA, ELRO, REVO, Flowseal, Centerline, Resistoflex, Duochek, Barksdale, Westlock and WTA. Manufacturing locations, along with sales and service centers, are located across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia.
Commercial Valves is engaged primarily in the manufacturing and distribution of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial, and to a lesser extent, municipal markets. The primary geographies served include Canada, the United Kingdom, the Middle East and continental Europe. Brands include Stockham, Wask, Viking Johnson, IAT, Hattersley, NABIC, Sperryn, Wade, Rhodes and Brownall. Manufacturing facilities are located in the United Kingdom and China, with additional sales offices in continental Europe and the Middle East; distribution facilities are located throughout Canada.


Other Products includes pumps and related products for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets, primarily in the United States. Products are sold under the trade names Deming, Weinman, Burks and Barnes. Facilities are located in the United States Canada, and China.Canada.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies
The Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment consists of Crane Payment Innovations (“CPI”) and Merchandising Systems.
CPI provides high technology payment acceptance products that improve our customers’ productivity in numerous global markets including retail self-checkout, vending, casino gaming, government lotteries, parking, transit fare collection, payment kiosks and banking. Products for these markets include coin acceptors and dispensers, coin hoppers, coin recyclers, bill validators, bill recyclers and cashless systems. CPI facilities are located in the United States, Mexico, Japan, Canada, Switzerland, Germany and the Ukraine, with additional sales offices across the world.
Merchandising Systems is primarily engaged in the design and manufacture of vending equipment and related solutions. Merchandising Systems’ innovative products and solutions create value by improving the consumer experience, and driving higher same store, or vendor machine, profitability. Products include a full line of vending equipment that dispenses food, snack, and hot and cold beverages. Other solutions include vending management software, cashless payment products, and wireless connectivity to enable our customers to operate their businesses more profitably. Primary customers include vending operators and food and beverage companies, primarily in the United States and Europe. Facilities are located in the United States and the United Kingdom.
On January 10, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Crane & Co., Inc. (“Crane Currency”), a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features. The base purchase price of the acquisition was $800 million on a cash-free, debt-free basis, subject to a later adjustment reflecting Crane Currency’s net working capital, cash, the assumption by Crane Co. of certain debt-like items, and Crane Currency’s transaction expenses. Founded in 1801, Crane Currency is a pioneer in advanced micro-optic security technology, and a fully integrated supplier of secure and highly engineered banknotes for central banks all over the world.
Aerospace & Electronics
The Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace and military aerospace and defense markets. The commercial market and military market accounted for 65%69% and 35%31%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2016.2017. Sales to original equipment manufacturers ("OEM") and aftermarket customers were 74%73% and 26%27%, respectively, in 2016.2017.
Crane Aerospace & Electronics has strong brands which have been supplying products to these end markets for several decades. Brands include Hydro-Aire, ELDEC, Lear Romec, P.L. Porter, Keltec, Interpoint, Signal Technology, Merrimac Industries, and Polyflon.
Products include a wide range of custom designed, highly engineered products used in landing systems, sensing and utility systems, fluid management, seat actuation, power and microelectronic applications, and microwave systems.
Our products are sold directly to aircraft manufacturers, commercial Tier 1 integrators (companies which make products specifically for an aircraft manufacturer), defense and space prime contractors, airlines, government agencies including the United States ("U.S.") Department of Defense, foreign allied defense organizations, aircraft seat manufacturers, and aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul organizations.
Facilities are located in the United States, Taiwan, and France.
Engineered Materials
The Engineered Materials segment manufactures fiberglass-reinforced plastic ("FRP") panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles ("RVs"), truck bodies, truck trailers, with additional applications in commercial and industrial buildings. Engineered Materials sells the majority of its products directly to RV, trailer, and truck manufacturers, and it uses distributors and retailers to serve the commercial and industrial construction markets. Manufacturing facilities are located in the United States.
Acquisitions
We haveOn January 10, 2018, we completed onethe acquisition of Crane Currency, a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the past five years.Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


In April 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Westlock Controls (“Westlock”) from Emerson Electric Co. for cash consideration of $40 million. Westlock is a global leader in the manufacturing and sale of switchboxes, position transmitters and other solutions for networking, monitoring and controlling process valves. With primary operations located in Saddle Brook, New Jersey, Westlock had 2016 sales of approximately $32 million. Allocation of the purchase price resulted in us recording goodwill of $23 million. This acquisition has been integrated into our Fluid Handling segment.
In June 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Microtronic AG (“Microtronic”) for cash consideration of approximately $18 million. With operations in Oensingen, Switzerland, Microtronic develops and manufactures closed electronic payment systems, primarily for the European vending market, strengthening our portfolio of cashless solutions. Allocation of the purchase price resulted in us recording goodwill of $9 million. This acquisition has been integrated into our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment.
In December 2013, we completed the acquisition of MEI Conlux Holdings (U.S.), Inc. and its affiliate MEI Conlux Holdings (Japan), Inc. (together, “MEI”), a leading provider of payment solutions for unattended transaction systems, which serves customers in the transportation, gaming, retail, service payment and vending markets, for a purchase price of $804 million for all of the outstanding equity interests of MEI. Goodwill for this acquisition amounted to $438 million. MEI had sales of $399 million in 2012 and was integrated into our CPI business within our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Goodwill for this acquisition amounted to $438 million. The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the benefits we expect to realize from the acquisition, specifically, that it will strengthen and broaden our product offering and allow us to improve our global position in all sectors of the market.



Divestitures
We have completed four divestituresIn 2017, we sold a portion of an investment in a joint venture of which our ownership interest was 70%, within our Fluid Handling segment, for $14 million. As of December 31, 2017, our ownership interest in this joint venture was 4.9%. The sale resulted in the past five years.deconsolidation of such business and a gain in the amount of $1 million in the fourth quarter of 2017.
In 2014, we sold Crane Water, which was formerly part of our Fluid Handling segment, for $2.1$2 million and recorded a $1.1$1 million net loss. The business had sales of approximately $15 million in 2013.
In December 2013, as part of the execution of regulatory remedies associated with the MEI acquisition, we sold a product line, which was formerly part of our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, to Suzo-Happ Group for $6.8$7 million and recorded a $2 million gain. Sales of this product line were $15.1$15 million in 2013.
In June 2012, we sold certain assets and operations of our valve service center in Houston, Texas, which was formerly part of the Fluid Handling segment, to Furmanite Corporation for $9.3 million. The service center had sales of $14 million in 2011 and was reported as discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
In June 2012, we also sold Azonix Corporation (“Azonix”), which was part of our former Controls segment, to Cooper Industries for $44.8 million. Azonix had sales of $32 million in 2011 and was reported as discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Other Matters Relating to Our Business as a Whole
Competitive Conditions
Our businesses participate in markets that are highly competitive. Because of the diversity of products manufactured and sold, our businesses typically have a different set of competitors in each geographic area and end market in which they participate. Accordingly, it is not possible to estimate the number of competitors, or precise market share; however, we believe that we are a principal competitor in most of our markets. Our primary basis of competition is providing high quality products, with technological differentiation, at competitive prices, with superior customer service and timely delivery.
Our products are sold into markets, including chemical, power,chemicals, oil & gas, power, automated payment solutions, banknote design and production and aerospace & defense, along with a wide range of general industrial and consumer related end markets. As such, our revenues depend on numerous unpredictable factors, including changes in market demand, general economic conditions, customer capital spending, timing and amount of contract awards and credit availability. Because our products are sold in such a wide variety of markets, we do not believe that we can reliably quantify or predict the potential effects of changes in any of the aforementioned factors.
Our engineering and product development activities are focused on improving existing products, customizing existing products for particular customer requirements, as well as the development of new products. We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to intellectual property, no one of which is of such importance that termination would materially affect our business. From time to time, however, we do engage in litigation to protect our intellectual property.
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed when incurred. These costs were $61.5$59 million, $62.8$62 million and $68.0$63 million in 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, respectively, and were incurred primarily by theour Aerospace & Electronics and Payment & Merchandising Technologies segments.





Our Customers
No customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues in 2017, 2016 2015 or 2014.2015.
Backlog
The following sets forth the unfulfilled orders attributable to each of our segments as of the indicated dates:
(in millions) December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Fluid Handling $228
 $267
 $262
 $228
Payment & Merchandising Technologies 94
 63
 76
 94
Aerospace & Electronics 353
 436
 374
 353
Engineered Materials 16
 15
 14
 16
Total Backlog $691
 $782
 $726
 $691
Our Employees
We employAs of December 31, 2017, we employed approximately 11,00010,600 people in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia. For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, please refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Raw Materials
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including steel, copper, cast iron, electronic components, aluminum, plastics, cotton, flax and various petroleum-based products. We purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. Although market forces have at times caused increases in the costs of steel, copper and petroleum-based products, there have been no raw materials shortages that have had a material adverse impact on our business, and we believe that we will generally be able to obtain adequate supplies of major raw material requirements or reasonable substitutes at acceptable costs.
Seasonal Nature of Business
OurIn aggregate, our business does not experience significant seasonality.
Government Contracts
We have agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities, primarily involving products in our Aerospace & Electronics segmentand Payment & Merchandising Technologies segments and, to a lesser extent, our Fluid Handling segment. As a result, we are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government. The laws and regulations governing government contracts differ from those governing private contracts. For example, some government contracts require disclosure of cost and pricing data and impose certain sourcing conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in suspension of these contracts, criminal or civil sanctions, administrative penalties and fines or suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. For a further discussion of risks related to compliance with government contracting requirements; please refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Recent Financing Arrangements
On December 20, 2017, we entered into a $150 million 364-day credit agreement (the "364-day Credit Agreement") and a $200 million 3-year term loan credit agreement (the "3-year Term Loan Credit Agreement") to fund our acquisition of Crane Currency. On January 10, 2018, the date we completed the acquisition, we used $340 million under our existing commercial paper program (the "CP Program"), drew $100 million and $200 million from the 364-day Credit Agreement and 3-year Term Loan Credit Agreement, respectively, and used cash on hand to fund the acquisition. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” and Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
On February 5, 2018, we completed a public offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due 2048 (the "Public Offering"). We used the net proceeds from the Public Offering, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the then outstanding $100 million under the 364-day Credit Agreement. We also issued a notice of redemption on February 7, 2018, with an effective date of March 7, 2018, for our 2.75% notes due in December 2018 with an outstanding principal value of $250 million. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports and amendments to these reports, proxy statements and other information with the United StatesU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.
We also make our filings available free of charge through our Internet website, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically with, or furnishing such material, to the SEC. Also posted on our website are our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Standards for Director Independence, Crane Co. Code of Ethics and the charters and a brief description of each of the Audit Committee, the Management Organization and Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. These items are available in the “Investors – Corporate Governance” section of our website at www.craneco.com. The content of our website is not part of this report.



Executive Officers of the Registrant
Name Position Business Experience During Past Five Years Age 
Executive
Officer Since
 Position Business Experience During Past Five Years Age 
Executive
Officer Since
Max H. Mitchell President and Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer since January 2014. President since January 2013. Chief Operating Officer from 2011 through January 2013. Group President, Fluid Handling from 2005 to October 2012. 53 2004 President and Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer since January 2014. President since January 2013. Chief Operating Officer from 2011 through January 2013. 54 2004
Curtis A. Baron, Jr. Vice President, Controller Vice President, Controller since 2011. 47 2011 Vice President, Controller Vice President, Controller since 2011. 48 2011
Thomas J. Craney 
Group President,
Engineered Materials
 Group President, Engineered Materials since 2007. 61 2007
Brendan J. Curran President, Aerospace & Electronics President, Aerospace & Electronics since February 2015. Group President, Aerospace from May 2013 through February 2015. Vice President, Business Development, Strategy & Partnerships, Commercial Engines, United Technologies Corporation from July 2012 through June 2013 and Vice President, Commercial Engines & Global Services from 2011 through June 2012. 54 2013 President, Aerospace & Electronics President, Aerospace & Electronics since February 2015. Group President, Aerospace from May 2013 through February 2015. Vice President, Business Development, Strategy & Partnerships, Commercial Engines, United Technologies Corporation from 2012 through June 2013. 55 2013
Augustus I. duPont 
Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 1996. 65 1996
Anthony M. D'Iorio Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2018. Deputy General Counsel from January 2014 through February 2018. Assistant General Counsel from 2005 through January 2014. 54 2018
Bradley L. Ellis Senior Vice President Senior Vice President since December 2014. Group President, Merchandising Systems from 2003 through December 2014. 48 1997 - 2003
2007 - present
 Senior Vice President Senior Vice President since December 2014. Group President, Merchandising Systems from 2003 through December 2014. 49 1997 - 2003
2007 - present
James A. Lavish Vice President, CBS, People & Performance Vice President, CBS, People & Performance since January 2016. Vice President, Crane Business System from March 2013 through January 2016. President, Crane Pumps & Systems from 2008 to March 2013. 50 2016 Vice President, CBS, People & Performance Vice President, CBS, People & Performance since January 2016. Vice President, Crane Business System from March 2013 through January 2016. President, Crane Pumps & Systems from 2008 to March 2013. 51 2016
Richard A. Maue Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. Principal Accounting Officer since 2007. 46 2007 Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. Principal Accounting Officer since 2007. 47 2007
Anthony D. Pantaleoni Vice President, Environment, Health and Safety Vice President, Environment, Health and Safety since 1989. 62 1989 Vice President, Environment, Health and Safety Vice President, Environment, Health and Safety since 1989. 63 1989
Louis V. Pinkham Senior Vice President Senior Vice President since December 2014. Group President, Fluid Handling from October 2012 through December 2014. Senior Vice President, General Manager at Eaton Corporation from 2011 to October 2012. 45 2012 Senior Vice President Senior Vice President since December 2014. Group President, Fluid Handling from 2012 through December 2014. 46 2012
Kristian R. Salovaara Vice President of Business Development and Strategy Vice President of Business Development and Strategy since March 2014. Vice President, Business Development from 2011 to March 2014. 56 2011 Vice President of Business Development and Strategy Vice President of Business Development and Strategy since March 2014. Vice President, Business Development from 2011 to March 2014. 57 2011
Edward S. Switter Vice President, Treasurer and Tax Vice President, Treasurer and Tax since September 2016. Vice President, Tax from 2011 through September 2016. 42 2011 Vice President, Treasurer and Tax Vice President, Treasurer and Tax since September 2016. Vice President, Tax from 2011 through September 2016. 43 2011



Item 1A. Risk Factors
The following is a description of what we consider the key challenges and risks confronting our business. This discussion should be considered in conjunction with the discussion under the caption “Forward-Looking Information” preceding Part I, the information set forth under Item 1, “Business” and with the discussion of the business included in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These risks comprise the material risks of which we are aware. If any of the events or developments described below or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in any documents that we subsequently file publicly were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Relating to Our Business
We are subject to numerous lawsuits for asbestos-related personal injury, and costs associated with these lawsuits may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial position.
We are subject to numerous lawsuits for asbestos-related personal injury. Estimation of our ultimate exposure for asbestos-related claims is subject to significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variables that can affect the timing, severity and quantity of claims. Our estimate of the future expense of these claims is derived from assumptions with respect to future claims, settlement and defense costs which are based on experience during the last few years and which may not prove reliable as predictors. A significant upward or downward trend in the number of claims filed, depending on the nature of the alleged injury, the jurisdiction where filed and the quality of the product identification, or a significant upward or downward trend in the costs of defending claims, could change the estimated liability, as would substantial adverse verdicts at trial or on appeal. A legislative solution or a structured settlement transaction could also change the estimated liability. These uncertainties may result in our incurring future charges or increases to income to adjust the carrying value of recorded liabilities and assets, particularly if the number of claims and settlements and defense costs escalates or if legislation or another alternative solution is implemented; however, we are currently unable to predict such future events. The resolution of these claims may take many years, and the effect onour results of operations, cash flow and financial position in any given period from a revision to these estimates could be material.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, we were one of a number of defendants in cases involving 36,05232,234 pending claims filed in various state and federal courts that allege injury or death as a result of exposure to asbestos. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 10,11, “Commitments and Contingencies”Contingencies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on:
Our pending claims;
Our historical settlement and defense costs for asbestos claims;
The liability we have recorded in our financial statements for pending and reasonably anticipated asbestos claims through 2059;
The asset we have recorded in our financial statements related to our estimated insurance coverage for asbestos claims; and
Uncertainties related to our net asbestos liability.
In the fourth quarter of 2016, we updated and extended the estimate of our asbestos liability and recorded a pre-tax charge of $192 million ($125 million after tax). Our updated liability estimate is for pending and reasonably anticipated asbestos claims through the generally accepted end point of such claims in 2059. Due to uncertainties in the tort system, as well as uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, future reviews may result in adjustments to our total asbestos-related liability. The aggregate liability was $696$605 million as of December 31, 2016.2017.
Macroeconomic fluctuations may harm our business, results of operations and stock price.
Our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows may be adversely affected by changes in global economic conditions and geopolitical risks, including credit market conditions, levels of consumer and business confidence, commodity prices, exchange rates, levels of government spending and deficits, political conditions and other challenges that could affect the global economy. These economic conditions could affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways. Such conditions could have an adverse impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions and on our ability to fund our operations or refinance maturing debt balances at attractiveeconomically favorable interest rates. In addition, restrictions on credit availability could adversely affect the ability of our customers to obtain financing for significant purchases and could result in decreases in or cancellation of orders for our products and services as well as impact the ability of our customers to make payments.  Similarly, credit restrictions may adversely affect our supplier base and increase the potential for one or more of our suppliers to experience financial distress or bankruptcy.  See “Specific Risks Related to Our Business Segments”.




Demand for our products is variable and subject to factors beyond our control, which could result in unanticipated events significantly impacting our results of operations.
A substantial portion of our sales is concentrated in industries that are cyclical in nature or subject to market conditions which may cause customer demand for our products to be volatile. These industries often are subject to fluctuations in domestic and international economies as well as to currency fluctuations and inflationary pressures. Reductions in demand by these industries would reduce the sales and profitability of the affected business segments. Our Fluid Handling business is dependent on global economic conditions, customer capital spending and commodity prices such as oil and gas, which remains depressed.prices. Deterioration in any of these economic factors could result in sales and profits falling below our current outlook. Results at our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment could be affected by sustained weakness in certain geographic markets such as China or certain end markets such as gaming, retail or banking, as well as low employment levels, office occupancy rates and factors affecting vending operator profitability such as higher fuel, food and equipment financing costs; results could also be impacted by unforeseen advances in payment processing technologies. In addition, our results in this segment are subject to significant variability due to the timing and size of contract awards by central banks for banknote production. In our Aerospace & Electronics segment, a significant decline in demand for air travel, or a decline in airline profitability generally, could result in reduced orders for aircraft and could also cause airlines to reduce their purchases of repair parts from our businesses. In addition, our Aerospace & Electronics segment could also be impacted to the extent that major aircraft manufacturers encountered production problems, or if pricing pressure from aircraft customers caused the manufacturers to press their suppliers to lower prices and/or extend payment terms; in addition, demand for military and defense products is dependent upon government spending, which remains uncertain. In our Engineered Materials segment, sales and profits could be affected by declines in demand for truck trailers, RVs, or building products; results could also be impacted by unforeseen capacity constraints or price increases related to certain raw materials, in particular, resin.
We may be unable to identify or to complete acquisitions, or to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.
We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of potential acquisition transactions. Our acquisition program attempts to address the potential risks inherent in assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent or other liabilities, systems of internal control and potential profitability of acquisition candidates, as well as other challenges such as retaining the employees and integrating the operations of the businesses we acquire. Integrating acquired operations, such as our 2018 acquisition of Crane Currency, involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:
Maintenance of uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;
Diversion of management’s attention from normal business operations during the integration process;
Unplanned expenses associated with the integration efforts;
Inability to achieve planned facility repositioning savings or related efficiencies from recent and ongoing investments in our Malta facility; and
Unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal contingencies
There can be no assurance that suitable acquisition opportunities will be available in the future, that we will continue to acquire businesses or that any business acquired will be integrated successfully or prove profitable, which could adversely impact our growth rate. Our ability to achieve our growth goals depends in part upon our ability to identify and successfully acquire and integrate companies and businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated cost savings.
Our operations expose us to the risk of environmental liabilities, costs, litigation and violations that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and reputation.
Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water and establish standards for the generation, treatment, use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the United StatesU.S. and abroad in connection with our operations. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. For example, in 2014, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued a Record of Decision amendment requiring, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0$49 million pertaining to the Phoenix-Goodyear Airport North Superfund Site (the "Goodyear Site"), extending the accrued costs through 2022. In addition, also in 2014,The total estimated gross liability was $41 million as of December 31, 2017, of which we have recorded a $6.8receivable of $9 million charge for the expected remediation costs associated with an environmental sitereimbursements from the U.S. Government in Roseland, New Jersey (the "Roseland Site").respect of the aggregate liability as at that date.

We may be unable to identify


Additional tax expense or to complete acquisitions, or to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.exposures could affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and various international jurisdictions.  Our future results of operations could be affected by changes in our effective tax rate and/or cash paid for income taxes as a result of a change in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in tax laws, regulations and judicial rulings, including the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”). In addition, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in the amount of earnings permanently reinvested offshore, and the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns could also have evaluated,an effect on our financial conditions, results of operations and expectcash flow. 
Enactment of the TCJA on December 22, 2017 brought significant changes to continueexisting U.S. federal corporate income tax laws, including the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to evaluate,21%, modifying how distributions from our foreign subsidiaries are taxed in the U.S., and imposing a wide arrayone-time tax on cumulative undistributed foreign earnings. The ultimate impact of potential acquisition transactions. Our acquisition program attemptsthe TCJA may differ from our provisional estimates due to address the potential risks inherentchanges in assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent or other liabilities, systems of internal controlinterpretations and potential profitability of acquisition candidates,assumptions made by us, as well as the issuance of further regulations or guidance by U.S. regulatory and standard-setting bodies. In addition, uncertainty exists as to how U.S. states and other challenges such as retainingcountries within which we operate will react to the employees and integratingchanges brought about by the TCJA. Any significant changes to our provisional estimates resulting from these items may result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, of the businesses we acquire. There can be no assurance that suitable acquisition opportunities will be available in the future, that we will continue to acquire businesses or that any business acquired will be integrated successfully or prove profitable, which could adversely impact our growth rate. Our ability to achieve our growth goals depends in part upon our ability to identify and successfully acquire and integrate companies and businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated cost savings.cash flows.
Our businesses are subject to extensive governmental regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and reputation.
We are required to comply with various import and export control laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers, particularly in our Aerospace & Electronics, Fluid Handling and Payment & Merchandising Technology segments, as discussed more fully under “Specific Risks Relating to Our Business Segments”. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. A failure to comply with these requirements might result in suspension of these contracts and suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or


securing any improper advantage. We are also subject to the anti-bribery laws of other jurisdictions. Failure to comply with any of these regulations could result in civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties, fines, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, and damage to our reputation.

Additional tax expense or exposures could affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various international jurisdictions.  Our future results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in our effective tax rate as a result of a change in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates; changes in tax laws; regulations and judicial rulings, including certain corporate tax proposals being contemplated by the U.S. government; changes in generally accepted accounting principles; changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities; changes in the amount of earnings permanently reinvested offshore; and the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns. 
The prices of our raw materials could fluctuate dramatically, which may adversely affect our profitability.
The costs of certain raw materials that are critical to our profitability are volatile. This volatility can have a significant impact on our profitability. The costs in our Engineered Materials segment are affected by fluctuations in the price of resin.resin, with lesser exposure to other input costs. The costs in our Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies and Aerospace & Electronics segments are affected by fluctuations in the price of cotton, flax and metals such as steel and copper. While we have taken actions aimed at securing an adequate supply of raw materials at prices which are favorable to us, if the prices of critical raw materials increase, our operating costs could be negatively affected.

Our ability to source parts and raw materials from our suppliers is uncertain, and any disruptions or delays in our supply chain could negatively affect our results of operations.
Our operations require significant amounts of necessary parts and raw materials. We are engaged in a continuous, company-wide effort to source our parts and raw materials from fewer suppliers, and to obtain parts from suppliers in low-cost countries where possible. If we are unable to source these parts or raw materials, our operations may be disrupted, or we could experience a delay or halt in certain of our manufacturing operations. We believe that our supply management and production practices are based on an appropriate balancing of the foreseeable risks and the costs of alternative practices. Nonetheless, supplier capacity constraints, supplier production disruptions, supplier financial condition, increases in duties and tariff costs, price volatility or the unavailability of some raw materials could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We could face potential product liability or warranty claims, we may not accurately estimate costs related to such claims, and we may not have sufficient insurance coverage available to cover such claims.
Our products are used in a wide variety of commercial applications and certain residential applications. We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability or other claims in the event our products are alleged to be defective or that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in harm to others or to property. We may in the future incur liability if product liability lawsuits against us are successful. Moreover, any such lawsuits, whether or not successful, could result in adverse publicity to us, which could cause our sales to decline.


In addition, consistent with industry practice, we provide warranties on many of our products and we may experience costs of warranty or breach of contract claims if our products have defects in manufacture or design or they do not meet contractual specifications. We estimate our future warranty costs based on historical trends and product sales, but we may fail to accurately estimate those costs and thereby fail to establish adequate warranty reserves for them.
We maintain insurance coverage to protect us against product liability claims, but that coverage may not be adequate to cover all claims that may arise or we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost. Any liabilities not covered by insurance or that exceed our established reserves could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to improve productivity, reduce costs and align manufacturing capacity with customer demand.
We are committed to continuous productivity improvement, and we continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce costs, simplify or improve global processes, and increase the reliability of order fulfillment and satisfaction of customer needs. In order to operate more efficiently and control costs, from time to time we execute restructuring activities, which include workforce reductions and facility consolidations. For example, we recorded a pre-tax restructuring and related chargescharge, net of $11.6gain on property sale, of $13 million in 2015 and $22.72017 associated with broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. Together with additional restructuring costs of approximately $17 million, we expect to achieve $30 million in 2014 associated with repositioningannualized savings by 2020. While these are proactive actions intended to improve profitability inincrease our Fluid Handlingproductivity and Aerospace & Electronics segments. In addition, we recorded restructuring charges and acquisition integration costs of $6.6 million in 2015 and $20.1 million in 2014 associated with the restructuring and integration of MEI in our Payment &


Merchandising Technologies segment. However,operating effectiveness, our failure to respond to potential declines in global demand for our products and services and properly align our cost base could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We may be unable to successfully develop and introduce new products, which would limit our ability to grow and maintain our competitive position and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
Our growth depends, in part, on continued sales of existing products, as well as the successful development and introduction of new products or technologies, which face the uncertainty of customer acceptance and reaction from competitors. Any delay in the development or launch of a new product could result in our not being the first to market, which could compromise our competitive position. Further, the development and introduction of new products may require us to make investments in specialized personnel and capital equipment, increase marketing efforts and reallocate resources away from other uses. We also may need to modify our systems and strategy in light of new products that we develop. If we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a cost-effective manner or otherwise manage effectively the operations related to new products, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to protect our intellectual property.
We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, trademarks, copyrights and confidentiality procedures to protect our products and technology. Existing trade secret, patent, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection. Our patents could be invalidated or circumvented. In addition, others may develop substantially equivalent, or superseding proprietary technology, or competitors may offer equivalent non-infringing products in competition with our products, thereby substantially reducing the value of our proprietary rights. The laws of some foreign countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. We cannot assure that the steps we take to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology. Our inability to protect our intellectual property could have a negative impact on our operations and financial results.
Pension expense and pension contributions associated with our retirement benefit plans may fluctuate significantly depending upon changes in actuarial assumptions and future market performance of plan assets.
Total pension benefit and pension contributions were $8.9$8 million and $8.3$13 million, respectively, in 2016.2017. The costs of our defined benefit pension plans are dependent upon various factors, including rates of return on investment assets, discount rates for future payment obligations, and expected mortality, among other things. In addition, funding requirements for benefit obligations of our pension plans are subject to legislative and other government regulatory actions. Variances in related estimates could have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

We face significant competition which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial position in the future.
While we are a principal competitor in most of our markets, all of our markets are highly competitive. The competitors in many of our business segments can be expected in the future to improve technologies, reduce costs and develop and introduce new products, and theproducts. The ability of our business segments to achieve similar advances will be important to our competitive positions. Competitive pressures, including those discussed above, could cause one or more of our business segments to lose market share or could result in significant price erosion, either of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.



We conduct a substantial portion of our business outside the United StatesU.S. and face risks inherent in non-domestic operations.
Net sales and assets related to our operations outside the United StatesU.S. were 36%37% and 35%36% of our consolidated amounts, respectively, in 2016.2017. These operations and transactions are subject to the risks associated with conducting business internationally, including the risks of currency fluctuations, slower payment of invoices, adverse trade regulations and possible social, economic and political instability in the countries and regions in which we operate. In addition, we expect that non-U.S. sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the euro, the British pound, the Canadian dollar and the Japanese yen, could adversely affect our reported results, primarily in our Fluid Handling and Payment & Merchandising Technologies segments, as amounts earned in other countries are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes.

We are dependent on key personnel, and we may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain additional personnel needed for us to sustain and grow our business as planned.
Certain of our business segments and corporate offices are dependent upon highly qualified personnel, and we generally are dependent upon the continued efforts of key management employees. We may have difficulty retaining such personnel or locating and hiring additional qualified personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms could impair our ability to successfully sustain and grow our business, which could impact our results of operations in a materially adverse manner.

If our internal controls are found to be ineffective, our financial results or our stock price may be adversely affected.
We believe that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place for future periods, including processes related to newly acquired businesses; however, increased risk of internal control breakdowns generally exists in a business environment that is decentralized. In addition, if our internal control over financial reporting is found to be ineffective, investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may adversely affect our stock price.


Failure to maintain the security of our information systems and technology networks, including personally identifiable and other information, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such information, or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such information, could adversely affect us.
We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information, and, in the normal course of our business, we collect and retain certain types of personally identifiable and other information pertaining to our customers, stockholders and employees. The legal, regulatory and contractual environment surrounding information security and privacy is constantly evolving and companies that collect and retain such information are under increasing attack by cyber-criminals around the world. A theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of customer, stockholder, employee or our proprietary data by cybercrime or otherwise, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such data could adversely impact our reputation and could result in costs, fines, litigation or regulatory action against us. Security breaches can create system disruptions and shutdowns that could result in disruptions to our operations. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, new vulnerabilities or other developments will not compromise or breach the security solutions protecting our information technology, networks and systems.
The results of the United Kingdom’s (“UK”) European Union (“EU”) membership referendum could adversely affect customer demand, our relationships with customers and suppliers and our business and financial statements.
Approximately 36%37% of our sales are conducted outside of the United States,U.S., the majority of which is in the UK and the EU. The results of the UK’s June 2016 EU membership referendum (commonly referred to as "Brexit"), advising for the exit of the UK from the EU, has caused and may continue to cause significant volatility in global stock markets, currency exchange rate fluctuations and global economic uncertainty, which could adversely affect customer demand, our relationships with customers and suppliers and our business and financial statements.

Our future results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted by intangible asset impairment charges.

As of December 31, 2016,2017, we had goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of approximately $1,431$1,484 million, which represented approximately 42%41% of our total assets. Our goodwill is subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and is also tested whenever events and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Any excess goodwill resulting from the impairment test must be written off in the period of determination. Intangible assets (other than goodwill) are generally amortized over the useful life of such assets. In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an investment in a business that will require us to record goodwill based on the purchase price and the value of the acquired assets. We may subsequently experience unforeseen issues with such business that adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of the recoverability of the recorded goodwill


and intangible assets for such business. Future determinations of significant write-offs of goodwill or intangible assets as a result of an impairment test or any accelerated amortization of other intangible assets could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to protect our intellectual property.

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, trademarks, copyrights and confidentiality procedures to protect our technology. Existing trade secret, patent, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection. Our patents could be invalidated or circumvented. In addition, others may develop substantially equivalent, or superseding proprietary technology, or competitors may offer equivalent non-infringing products in competition with our products, thereby substantially reducing the value of our proprietary rights. The laws of some foreign countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. We cannot assure that the steps we take to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology. Our inability to protect our intellectual property could have a negative impact on our operations and financial results.
Specific Risks Relating to Our Reportable Segments
Fluid Handling
Our Fluid Handling segment competes in markets that are fragmented and highly competitive. The business competes against large, well established global companies, as well as smaller regional and local companies. We compete based on our products’ quality, reliability and safety, our brand reputation, value-added technical expertise and customer support and consistent on-time delivery. However, pricing can be highly competitive, particularly in regions and end markets with weakening levels of demand, or in markets where our value proposition - quality, reliability, and safety - is not valued as highly.


Demand for our Fluid Handling products is heavily dependent on our customers’ level of new capital investment and planned maintenance expenditures. Customer spending typically depends on general economic conditions, availability of credit, and expectations of future demand. Slowing global economic growth, volatility in commodity prices, including continued weakness in oil prices could all contribute to lower levels of customer spending, and project delays or cancellations.
A portion of this segment’s business is subject to government contracting rules and regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting, civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, or damage to our reputation. At our foreign operations, results could also be adversely impacted by a weakening of local currencies against the U.S. dollar; our Fluid Handling business has the greatest exposure to the euro, British pound, and Canadian dollar, although there is lesser exposure to several other currencies.

Payment & Merchandising Technologies
Our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment sales are dependent on capital spending in a variety of end markets and across numerous geographies. The level of capital expenditures by our customers depends on general economic conditions, availability of credit, and expectations of future demand.

In addition, our results in this segment are subject to significant variability due to the timing and size of contract awards by central banks for banknote production. Our results in this segment could be adversely impacted if our recently acquired Crane Currency business is not integrated successfully, including achieving planned cost savings from ongoing repositioning actions. 
This business regularly develops and markets new products. Delays in the product development process, or the inability of new products to meet targeted performance measures, could hurt future sales. This business is also directly and indirectly exposed to changes in government regulations; for example, changes in gaming regulations could influence the spending patterns of our casino operator customers, or changes in anti-money laundering regulations could result in additional technical requirements for our products.

At our foreign operations, results could also be adversely impacted by a weakening of local currencies against the U.S. dollar; the business has the greatest exposure to the euro, British pound, the Japanese yen, the Mexican peso, and the Canadian dollar, although there is lesser exposure to several other currencies. In addition, our facility in Mexico operates under the Mexican Maquiladora program. This program provides for reduced tariffs and eased import regulations;regulations; we could be adversely affected by changes in such program, or by our failure to comply with its requirements.
Aerospace & Electronics
Our Aerospace & Electronics segment sales are primarily affected by conditions in the commercial aerospace industry which is cyclical in nature, and by changes in defense spending by the U.S. government.

Commercial aircraft are procured primarily by airlines, and airline capital spending can be affected by a number of factors including credit availability, current and expected fuel prices, and current and forecast air traffic demand levels. Air traffic levels are affected by a different array of factors including general economic conditions and global corporate travel spending, although other non-economic events can also adversely impact airline traffic, including terrorism or pandemic health concerns. Our commercial business is also affected by the market for business jets where demand is typically tied to corporate profitability levels, and the freight markets which are most heavily influenced by general economic conditions. Demand for our commercial aftermarket business is closely tied to total aircraft flight hours. Any decrease in demand for new aircraft or equipment, or use of existing aircraft and equipment, would likely result in decreased sales of our products and services.

The defense portion of the segment’s business is dependent primarily on U.S. government spending, and to a lesser extent, foreign government spending, on the specific military platforms and programs where our business participates. Any reduction


in appropriations for these platforms or programs could impact the performance of our business. Our sales to defense customers are also affected by the level of activity in military flight operations.

We are required to comply with various export control laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. We are also subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements governing government contracts, including requirements related to procurement integrity, manufacturing practices and quality procedures, export control, employment practices, the accuracy of records and the recording of costs and information security requirements. A failure to comply with these requirements could result in suspension of these contracts, and suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting. Failure to comply with any of these regulations could result in civil and criminal liability,


monetary and non-monetary penalties, fines, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, and damage to our reputation.

Due to the lengthy research and development cycle involved in bringing commercial and military products to market, we cannot accurately predict the demand levels that will exist once a given new product is ready for market. In addition, if we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a cost-effective manner or otherwise effectively manage the introduction of new products and/or programs, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted. Demand for our products could also be adversely impacted by industry consolidation that could result in greater acceptance of competitors' products.

Engineered Materials
Our Engineered Materials segment manufactures and sells FRP panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of RVs, trucks, and trailers, with additional applications in commercial and industrial building construction. Demand in these end markets is dependent on general economic conditions, credit availability, and consumer and corporate spending levels. A decline in demand in any of these end markets, a loss of market share, or customer pricing pressure, would result in lower sales and profits for this business. Profitability could also be adversely affected by an increase in the price of resin or fiberglass if we are unable to pass the incremental costs on to our customers. Additional risks include the loss of a principal supplier, and potential loss of market share to competing materials, such as wood or aluminum.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None



Item 2. Properties

The following is a summary of Crane Co.'s principal facilities as of December 31, 2017:
 Number of Facilities - Owned Facilities - Owned
Location Fluid Handling Payment & Merchandising Technologies Aerospace &
Electronics
 Engineered Materials Corporate Total Fluid Handling Payment & Merchandising Technologies Aerospace &
Electronics
 Engineered Materials Corporate Total
 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

Manufacturing                        
Manufacturing:                        
United States 6
 784,000
 2
 568,000
 7
 803,000
 4
 644,000
 
 
 19
 2,799,000
 6
 784,000
 2
 568,000
 6
 708,000
 4
 644,000
 
 
 18
 2,704,000
Canada 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe 8
 1,435,000
 3
 338,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11
 1,773,000
 7
 1,081,000
 3
 338,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 10
 1,419,000
Other international 6
 850,000
 2
 295,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8
 1,145,000
 5
 469,000
 2
 295,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7
 764,000
 20
 3,069,000
 7
 1,201,000
 7
 803,000
 4
 644,000
 
 
 38
 5,717,000
 18
 2,334,000
 7
 1,201,000
 6
 708,000
 4
 644,000
 
 
 35
 4,887,000
Non-Manufacturing                     
 
Non-Manufacturing:                     
 
United States 3
 138,000
 1
 15,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4
 153,000
 3
 138,000
 1
 15,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4
 153,000
Canada 7
 155,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7
 155,000
 7
 155,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7
 155,000
Europe 2
 74,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2
 74,000
 2
 74,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2
 74,000
Other international 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12
 367,000
 1
 15,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 13
 382,000
 12
 367,000
 1
 15,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 13
 382,000
 
 Number of Facilities - Leased Facilities - Leased
Location Fluid Handling Payment & Merchandising Technologies 
Aerospace &
Electronics
 Engineered Materials Corporate Total Fluid Handling Payment & Merchandising Technologies 
Aerospace &
Electronics
 Engineered Materials Corporate Total
 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

 Number
 
Area
(sq. ft.)

Manufacturing                                                
United States 2
 97,000
 
 
 1
 16,000
 
 
 
 
 3
 113,000
 3
 130,000
 
 
 2
 97,000
 
 
 
 
 5
 227,000
Canada 1
 21,000
 1
 61,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2
 82,000
 1
 21,000
 1
 61,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2
 82,000
Europe 3
 518,000
 
 
 1
 12,000
 
 
 
 
 4
 530,000
 3
 518,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3
 518,000
Other international 2
 112,000
 
 
 2
 116,000
 
 
 
 
 4
 228,000
 2
 112,000
 
 
 2
 116,000
 
 
 
 
 4
 228,000
 8
 748,000
 1
 61,000
 4
 144,000
 
 
 
 
 13
 953,000
 9
 781,000
 1
 61,000
 4
 213,000
 
 
 
 
 14
 1,055,000
Non-Manufacturing                     
 
                     
 
United States 3
 43,000
 9
 153,000
 2
 13,000
 3
 79,000
 2
 40,000
 19
 328,000
 3
 43,000
 7
 138,000
 2
 13,000
 3
 79,000
 2
 40,000
 17
 313,000
Canada 23
 477,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 23
 477,000
 23
 477,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 23
 477,000
Europe 6
 50,000
 6
 54,000
 3
 5,000
 
 
 
 
 15
 109,000
 6
 50,000
 8
 66,000
 3
 22,000
 
 
 
 
 17
 138,000
Other international 23
 150,000
 7
 55,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30
 205,000
 19
 147,000
 7
 55,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 26
 202,000
 55
 720,000
 22
 262,000
 5
 18,000
 3
 79,000
 2
 40,000
 87
 1,119,000
 51
 717,000
 22
 259,000
 5
 35,000
 3
 79,000
 2
 40,000
 83
 1,130,000
In our opinion, these properties have been well maintained, are in good operating condition and contain all necessary equipment and facilities for their intended purposes.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
Discussion of legal matters is incorporated by reference to Part II, Item 8 under Note 10,11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.



Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Crane Co. common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol CR. The following are the high and low sale prices as reported by the NYSE and the quarterly dividends declared per share for each quarter of 20162017 and 2015.2016.
MARKET AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION — CRANE CO. COMMON SHARES
 New York Stock Exchange Composite Price per Share Dividends per Share New York Stock Exchange Composite Price per Share Dividends per Share
Quarter 2016
High

 2016
Low

 2015
High

 2015
Low

 2016
 2015
 2017
High

 
2017
Low

 2016
High

 2016
Low

 2017
 2016
First $54.91
 $43.14
 $70.47
 $53.12
 $0.33
 $0.33
 $75.36
 $71.55
 $54.91
 $43.14
 $0.33
 $0.33
Second $59.90
 $52.31
 $64.71
 $58.24
 0.33
 0.33
 $80.45
 $73.25
 $59.90
 $52.31
 0.33
 0.33
Third $65.44
 $55.65
 $59.43
 $45.37
 0.33
 0.33
 $84.22
 $72.19
 $65.44
 $55.65
 0.33
 0.33
Fourth $77.36
 $60.43
 $54.66
 $44.86
 0.33
 0.33
 $90.46
 $80.63
 $77.36
 $60.43
 0.33
 0.33
         $1.32
 $1.32
         $1.32
 $1.32
On December 31, 2016, there were approximately 2,203 holders of record of Crane Co. common stock.
On December 31, 2017, there were approximately 2,074 holders of record of Crane Co. common stock.On December 31, 2017, there were approximately 2,074 holders of record of Crane Co. common stock.
We did not make any open-market share repurchases of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2016.2017. We receive shares of our common stock as payment for stock option exercises and the withholding taxes due on stock option exercises and the vesting of restricted stock awards from stock-based compensation program participants.







Stock Performance Graph
The following chart compares the total stockholder returns (stock price increase plus reinvested dividends) on our common stock from December 31, 20112012 through December 31, 20162017 with the total stockholder returns for the S&P 500 Index and the S&P MidCap Capital Goods Index.  The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 20112012 and that all dividends were reinvested.




Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 For the year ended December 31, For the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2013
 2012
 2017
 2016
 2015
 2014
 2013
Net sales $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
 $2,595.3
 $2,579.1
 $2,786.0
 $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
 $2,595.3
Operating profit from continuing operations (a) 200.3
 372.9
 316.3
 347.9
 310.4
Operating profit (a) 401.9
 200.3
 372.9
 316.3
 347.9
Interest expense (36.5) (37.6) (39.2) (26.5) (26.8) (36.1) (36.5) (37.6) (39.2) (26.5)
Income from continuing operations before taxes (a) 164.1
 336.5
 281.2
 326.0
 284.6
Income before taxes (a) 367.5
 164.1
 336.5
 281.2
 326.0
Provision for income taxes (b) 40.3
 106.5
 87.6
 105.1
 88.4
 195.0
 40.3
 106.5
 87.6
 105.1
Income from continuing operations 123.8
 230.0
 193.6
 220.9
 196.2
Discontinued operations, net of tax (c) 
 
 
 
 21.6
Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests 172.5
 123.8
 230.0
 193.6
 220.9
Net income attributable to common shareholders (b) $122.8
 $228.9
 $192.7
 $219.5
 $217.0
 $171.8
 $122.8
 $228.9
 $192.7
 $219.5
Earnings per basic share (b)           $2.89
 $2.10
 $3.94
 $3.28
 $3.79
Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders $2.10
 $3.94
 $3.28
 $3.79
 $3.40
Discontinued operations, net of tax 
 
 
 
 0.38
Net income attributable to common shareholders $2.10
 $3.94
 $3.28
 $3.79
 $3.78
Earnings per diluted share (b)           $2.84
 $2.07
 $3.89
 $3.23
 $3.73
Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders $2.07
 $3.89
 $3.23
 $3.73
 $3.35
Discontinued operations, net of tax 
 
 
 
 0.37
Net income attributable to common shareholders $2.07
 $3.89
 $3.23
 $3.73
 $3.72
Cash dividends per common share $1.32
 $1.32
 $1.26
 $1.16
 $1.08
 $1.32
 $1.32
 $1.32
 $1.26
 $1.16
Total assets $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,445.5
 $3,555.2
 $2,888.2
 $3,593.5
 $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,445.5
 $3,555.2
Long-term debt $745.3
 $744.6
 $743.9
 $744.8
 $397.4
Long-term debt and Current maturities of long-term debt $743.5
 $745.3
 $744.6
 $743.9
 $744.8
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits $249.1
 $235.4
 $278.3
 $151.1
 $233.6
 $240.5
 $249.1
 $235.4
 $278.3
 $151.1
Long-term asbestos liability $624.9
 $470.5
 $534.5
 $610.5
 $704.2
 $520.3
 $624.9
 $470.5
 $534.5
 $610.5
Long-term insurance receivable — asbestos $125.2
 $108.7
 $126.8
 $148.2
 $171.8
 $90.1
 $125.2
 $108.7
 $126.8
 $148.2

(a)Includes i) transaction related charges of $7.8 in 2017; ii) restructuring charges, net of gain on property sale, of $13.0 in 2017; iii) an asbestos provision, net of insurance recoveries, of $192.4 in 2016; ii)iv) a legal settlement charge of $5$5.0 in 2016; iii)v) an environmental liability provision of $55.8 in 2014; and iv)vi) a lawsuit settlement of $6.5 in 2014.
(b)Includes the tax effect of items cited in note (a) as well as i) the impact of the TCJA of $87.1 in 2017; ii) a gain of $1.0 related to the deconsolidation of a joint venture in 2017 iii) loss on divestiture of a small business of $1.1 in 2014; ii)iv) gain on divestiture of real estate of $4.2 in 2014; iii)v) withholding taxes related to acquisition funding of $2.9 in 2013; and iv)vi) gain on the sale of a product line of $2.0 in 2013.
(c)Includes gain on divestiture of $19.2, net of tax, in 2012.





MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We are a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products. Our business consists of four segments: Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials. Our primary markets are chemical, power,chemicals, oil & gas, power, automated payment solutions, banknote design and production and aerospace & defense, along with a wide range of general industrial and consumer related end markets.
Our strategy is to grow earnings and cash flow by focusing on the manufacturing of highly engineered industrial products for specific markets where our scale is a relative advantage, and where we can compete based on our proprietary and differentiated technology, our deep vertical expertise, and our responsiveness to unique and diverse customer needs. We continuously evaluate our portfolio, pursue acquisitions that complement our existing businesses and are accretive to our growth profile, selectively divest businesses where appropriate, and pursue internal mergers to improve efficiency. We strive to foster a performance-based culture focused on productivity and continuous improvement, to attract and retain a committed management team whose interests are directly aligned with those of our shareholders, and to maintain a focused, efficient corporate structure.
We will continue to execute this strategy while remaining committed to the values of our founder, R.T. Crane, who resolved to conduct business "in the strictest honesty and fairness; to avoid all deception and trickery; to deal fairly with both customers and competitors; to be liberal and just toward employees; and to put my whole mind upon the business."
Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals we provide and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.





































MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results of Operations — For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015
 For the year ended December 31, 
2016 vs 2015
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 2015 vs 2014 Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 For the year ended December 31, 
2017 vs 2016
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 2016 vs 2015 Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
 $
 %
 $
 %
 2017
 2016
 2015
 $
 %
 $
 %
Net sales:                            
Fluid Handling $999
 $1,091
 $1,264
 $(92) (8)% $(172) (14)% $1,043
 $999
 $1,091
 $44
 4 % $(92) (8)%
Payment & Merchandising Technologies 746
 703
 712
 43
 6 % (9) (1)% 777
 746
 703
 31
 4 % 43
 6 %
Aerospace & Electronics 746
 691
 696
 55
 8 % (5) (1)% 691
 746
 691
 (55) (7)% 55
 8 %
Engineered Materials 257
 255
 253
 2
 1 % 2
 1 % 275
 257
 255
 18
 7 % 2
 1 %
Total net sales $2,748
 $2,741
 $2,925
 $8
  % $(185) (6)% $2,786
 $2,748
 $2,741
 $38
 1 % $8
  %
Sales growth:                            
Core business       $56
 2 % $(35) (1)%       $31
 1 % $56
 2 %
Foreign exchange       (48) (2)% (134) (5)%       (7)  % (48) (2)%
Acquisitions/dispositions       
  % (15)  %       14
  % 
  %
Total sales growth       $8
  % $(185) (6)%       $38
 1 % $8
  %
Operating profit:                            
Fluid Handling $120
 $125
 $182
 $(5) (5)% $(56) (31)% $112
 $120
 $125
 $(8) (6)% $(5) (5)%
Payment & Merchandising Technologies 136
 101
 69
 35
 34 % 32
 47 % 149
 136
 101
 13
 10 % 35
 34 %
Aerospace & Electronics 150
 145
 138
 5
 3 % 7
 5 % 160
 150
 145
 10
 7 % 5
 3 %
Engineered Materials 49
 48
 37
 1
 1 % 12
 32 % 50
 49
 48
 1
 1 % 1
 1 %
Corporate Expense (61) (48) (54) (13) (29)% 6
 11 %
Corporate — Asbestos charge (192) 
 
 (192) NM
 
  %
Corporate — Environmental charge 
 
 (56) 
  % 56
 NM
Corporate expense (68) (61) (48) (7) (11)% (13) (29)%
Corporate expense — Asbestos 
 (192) 
 192
 NM
 (192) NM
Total operating profit $200
 $373
 $316
 $(173) (46)% $57
 18 % $402
 $200
 $373
 $202
 101 % $(173) (46)%
Operating margin:              
Operating margin a:
       
      
Fluid Handling 12.0% 11.5% 14.4%         10.7% 12.0% 11.5% 
      
Payment & Merchandising Technologies 18.2% 14.4% 9.7%         19.1% 18.2% 14.4%        
Aerospace & Electronics 20.1% 21.0% 19.9%         23.2% 20.1% 21.0%        
Engineered Materials 19.1% 19.0% 14.5%         18.0% 19.1% 19.0%        
Total operating margin* 7.3% 13.6% 10.8%        
Total operating margin b
 14.4% 7.3% 13.6%        

a Operating profit and margin for 2017 include restructuring charges/(gains) of $11, $12 and ($10) in our Fluid Handling, Payment and Merchandising Technologies and Aerospace and Electronics segments, respectively.
*b Total operating margin includes corporate and related charges, which includesinclude an asbestos provisioncharge of $192 recorded in 2016 and an environmental charge of $56 recorded in 2014.2016.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Items Affecting Comparability of Reported Results
The comparability of our results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 is affected by the following significant items:
Transaction Related Charges
During 2017, we recorded pre-tax transaction related charges of $8 million related to acquisition activity.
Restructuring and Related Charges
In 2017, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges, net of gain on property sale, of $13 million related to repositioning activities in our Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies and Aerospace & Electronics segments. In 2015, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and related costs of $11 million, substantially all of which was related to the repositioning activities in our Fluid Handling and Aerospace & Electronics segments. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 15, “Restructuring Charges,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Asbestos Charge
In 2016, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $192 million associated with extending the time horizon of our estimated asbestos liability through the generally accepted end point in 2059, reflecting stabilization in key trends such as indemnity and defense costs, and the number of claims filed against us.2059. Please refer to Part II, Item 8 under Note 10,11, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the asbestos charge.
Huttig Legal Settlement Charge
In 2016, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $5 million associated with the legal settlement of a legal matter with Huttig Building Products, Inc. (“Huttig”). Please refer to Note 10, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the legal settlement charge.
Acquisition-Related Costs - MEI
During 2015, and 2014, we recorded pre-tax acquisition and integration costs of $7 million related to our acquisition of MEI in 2013.
2017 compared with 2016
Sales increased by $38 million to $2,786 million in 2017. Net sales related to operations outside the U.S. for the years ended December 31, 2017 and $102016 were 37% and 36% of total net sales, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:
an increase in core sales of $31 million, respectively. In 2014, we also recorded pre-taxor 1%; and
a net acquisition related inventory and backlog amortizationbenefit of $5$14 million; partially offset by
unfavorable foreign currency translation of $7 million.

Restructuring Charges and Related Costs
In 2015, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and related costs of $11Operating profit increased by $202 million, substantially all of which wasor 101%, to $402 million in 2017. The increase primarily related to the repositioning activitiesabsence of a $192 million asbestos charge recorded in 2016, together with higher operating profit in our Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials segments. These increases were partially offset by lower operating profit in our Fluid Handling and Aerospace & Electronics segments. In 2014, we recordedsegment, a $13 million pre-tax restructuring chargescharge, net of gain on property sale, and related costs of $33.0 million, of which $23 million was related to the repositioning activities in our Fluid Handling and Aerospace & Electronics segments and $10 million was related to the acquisition of MEI. Please refer to Note 14, "Restructuring Charges and Acquisition Integration Costs" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Environmental Charge
In 2014, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $49 million to extend accrued costs to 2022 at the Goodyear Site; we also recorded a $7 million charge for expected remediation costs associated with the Roseland Site which are expected to be completed by 2017. Please refer to Note 10, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Goodyear Site and Roseland Site.
Lawsuit Settlement Charge
In 2014, we recorded a pre-tax lawsuit settlement charge of $6.5 million related to the Roseland Site. Please refer to Note 10, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Roseland Site.

higher corporate costs.
2016 compared with 2015
Sales increased by $8 million to $2,748 million in 2016. Net sales related to operations outside the United StatesU.S. for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 36% and 38% of total net sales, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:
an increase in core sales of $56 million, or 2%,; largely offset by
unfavorable foreign currency translation of $48 million, or 2%;.
Operating profit decreased by $173 million, or 46%, to $200 million in 2016. The decrease primarily related to the $192 million asbestos charge recorded in 2016, together with lower operating profit in our Fluid Handling segment and higher corporate costs, which included the $5.0$5 million Huttig legal settlement charge. These decreases were partially offset by increases in our Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials segments.
2015 compared with 2014
Sales decreased by $185 million, or 6%, to $2,741 million in 2015. Net sales related to operations outside the United States for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 38% and 41% of total net sales, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:
a decline in core sales of $35 million, or 1%;
unfavorable foreign currency translation of $134 million, or 5%;
the impact of the divestiture of Crane Water and the completion of a previously disclosed transition services agreement of $15 million, or 0.5%.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Operating profit increased by $57 million, or 18%, to $373 million in 2015. The increase in operating profit reflected the absence of environmental charges and a lawsuit settlement recorded in 2014, coupled with higher operating profit in our Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Engineered Materials and Aerospace & Electronics segments, partially offset by lower operating profit in our Fluid Handling segment.
Comprehensive income
(in millions) 2016 2015 2014 2017 2016 2015
Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests $123.8
 $230.0
 $193.6
 $173
 $124
 $230
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax            
Currency translation adjustment (64.7) (70.1) (114.0) 87
 (65) (70)
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax benefit (35.2) (8.4) (136.5) 9
 (35) (8)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (99.9) (78.5) (250.5)
Comprehensive income (loss) before allocation to noncontrolling interests 23.9
 151.5
 (56.9)
Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss) 1.0
 1.1
 0.9
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders $22.9
 $150.4
 $(57.8)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 96
 (100) (79)
Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests 269
 24
 152
Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income 1
 1
 1
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders $268
 $23
 $150
2017 compared with 2016
For the year ended December 31, 2017, comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was $269 million compared to $24 million in 2016. The $245 million increase was primarily driven by a $152 million favorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments year over year including fluctuations in the British pound, Canadian dollar, euro and Japanese yen. The change was also attributable to a $49 million increase in net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests,
2016 compared with 2015
For the year ended December 31, 2016, comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was $23.9$24 million compared to $151.5$152 million in 2015. The change was primarily driven by a $106.2$106 million decrease in net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests, which included a $125 million after-tax asbestos charge, and to a lesser extent, an increase in unamortized losses on pension plans. The unrealized loss on foreign currency translation adjustments of the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries from local currencies to U.S. dollars was primarily due to weakening of the British pound and Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar.

2015 compared with 2014
For the year ended December 31, 2015, comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was $151.5 million compared to a loss of $56.9 million in 2014. The comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was a result of net income before allocations to noncontrolling interests of $230.0 million, partially offset by foreign currency translation adjustments of $70.1 million and unamortized losses on pension plans of $8.4 million. The unrealized loss on foreign currency translation adjustments of the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries from local currencies to U.S. dollars was primarily due to the weakening of the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar. The unamortized losses on pension plans were primarily due to a decrease in assumed discount rates, lower than expected return on pension plan assets, and the adoption of revised actuarial mortality tables in 2014.



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FLUID HANDLING
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Net sales by product line:            
Process Valves and Related Products $619
 $681
 $805
 $640
 $619
 $681
Commercial Valves 291
 316
 362
 310
 291
 316
Other Products 89
 94
 96
 93
 89
 94
Total net sales 999
 1,091
 1,264
 $1,043
 $999
 $1,091
Operating profit 120
 125
 182
 $112
 $120
 $125
Transaction related charges* $3
 $
 $
Restructuring and related charges* 
 10
 15
 $11
 $
 $10
Assets 846
 888
 963
 $942
 $846
 $888
Operating margin 12.0% 11.5% 14.4% 10.7% 12.0% 11.5%
*RestructuringTransaction related charges and restructuring and related charges are included in operating profit and operating margin.
2017 compared with 2016
Fluid Handling sales increased by $44 million, or 4%, to $1,043 million, driven by a core sales increase of $23 million, or 2%, a favorable net impact from acquisitions of $20 million, or 2%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $1 million.

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $21 million, or 3%, to $640 million in 2017, primarily related to a $21 million, or 3%, increase in sales related to an acquisition and, to a lesser extent, favorable foreign currency translation of $4 million, or 1%. These increases were partially offset by a core sales decline of $4 million, or 1%, primarily related to weaker conventional power end markets.

Sales of Commercial Valves increased by $19 million, or 7%, to $310 million in 2017, primarily driven by a core sales increase of $22 million, or 8%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $3 million, or 1%. The core sales increase primarily reflected stronger sales to the U.K. gas market and Canadian non-residential construction markets.

Sales of Other Products increased by $4 million, or 3%, to $93 million in 2017, primarily reflecting a core sales increase of $5 million, or 5%, partially offset by the loss of sales due to the deconsolidation of a joint venture of $1 million, or 2%. The higher core sales were primarily a result of greater demand from U.S. municipal end markets.
Fluid Handling operating profit decreased by $8 million, or 6%, to $112 million in 2017. The decrease was driven by the impact of unfavorable mix, higher restructuring and related charges of $11 million, higher material costs and higher transaction related expenses of $3 million, partially offset by productivity, price increases and the impact of higher volumes.
2016 compared with 2015
Fluid Handling sales decreased by $92 million, or 8%, to $999 million, driven by a core sales decline of $61 million, or 6%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $31 million, or 2%.

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products decreased by $62 million, or 9%, to $619 million in 2016, including a core sales decline of $55 million, or 8%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $7 million, or 1%. The decrease in core sales primarily reflected lower sales in oil & gas, chemical, power and general industrial end markets. The unfavorable foreign currency translation was primarily a result of the British pound weakening against the U.S. dollar.

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $25 million, or 8%, to $291 million in 2016, primarily driven by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $23 million, or 7%, primarily reflecting the British pound weakening against the U.S. dollar, with an additional impact from the weakening of the Canadian dollar. Core sales decreased $2 million, or 1%, primarily reflecting lower sales in non-residential construction end markets in Canada.

Sales of Other Products decreased by $5 million, or 5%, to $89 million in 2016, primarily reflecting a core sales decline of $4 million, or 4%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1 million, or 1%. The lower core sales were primarily a result of lower sales to military customers following particularly strong sales to that market in 2015, as well as lower sales to non-residential construction markets.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fluid Handling operating profit decreased by $5 million, or 5%, to $120 million in 2016. The decrease was primarily a result of lower volume, competitive pricing and unfavorable foreign exchange, largely offset by productivity, savings from repositioning actions, favorable mix, and lower restructuring and related charges.

2015 compared with 2014
Fluid Handling sales decreased by $172 million, or 14%, to $1,091 million, driven by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $89 million, or 7%, a core sales decline of $78 million, or 6%, and the impact of the divestiture of Crane Water of $5 million, or 0.4%.

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products decreased by $124 million, or 15%, to $681 million in 2015, including a core sales decline of $75 million, or 9%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $49 million, or 6%, as both the British pound and euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. The decrease in core sales reflected lower sales in chemical, oil and gas, power, and general industrial end markets. The lower sales were driven by a significant decline in global oil prices and weaker economic conditions in Europe and Asia.
Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $46 million, or 13%, to $316 million in 2015, reflecting unfavorable foreign currency translation of $39 million, or 11%, as the British pound and Canadian dollar weakened against the U.S. dollar. Core sales decreased $7 million, or 2%, reflecting lower sales in non-residential construction in the U.K. and municipal end markets in continental Europe.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fluid Handling operating profit decreased by $56 million, or 31%, to $125 million in 2015. The decrease was driven by a $40 million impact from lower sales, unfavorable product mix, lower price and to a lesser extent, unfavorable foreign exchange, partially offset by a decrease in restructuring and related charges.
PAYMENT & MERCHANDISING TECHNOLOGIES
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Net sales by product line:            
Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products $512
 $496
 $513
 $576
 $512
 $496
Merchandising Equipment 234
 207
 199
 201
 234
 207
Total net sales 746
 703
 712
 $777
 $746
 $703
Operating profit 136
 101
 69
 $149
 $136
 $101
Acquisition, integration and restructuring related charges* 
 7
 24
Transaction related charges* $1
 $
 $
Acquisition and integration charges* $
 $
 $7
Restructuring and related charges* $12
 $
 $
Assets 1,189
 1,178
 1,210
 $1,216
 $1,189
 $1,178
Operating margin 18.2% 14.4% 9.7% 19.1% 18.2% 14.4%
*Acquisition,Transaction related charges, acquisition and integration charges and restructuring and related charges are included in operating profit and operating margin.
2017 compared with 2016  
Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales increased by $31 million, or 4%, to $777 million in 2017, reflecting a core sales increase of $44 million, or 6%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $7 million, or 1%, and a decrease in sales related to divestitures, net of acquisitions, of $6 million, or 1%.
Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products increased $64 million, or 13%, to $576 million in 2017, driven by a core sales increase of $76 million, or 15%, reflecting strength across several end markets, but most notably in the retail vertical. Core sales were partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $6 million, or 1%, and a net divestiture/acquisition impact $6 million, or 1%. Unfavorable foreign currency translation was primarily a result of the British pound and, to a lesser extent, the Japanese yen weakening against the U.S. dollar.
Sales of Merchandising Equipment decreased $33 million, or 14%, to $201 million in 2017, reflecting a core sales decrease of $32 million, or 14%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1 million. The decrease in core sales was primarily related to lower capital spending by certain of our U.S. bottler customers.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies operating profit increased by $13 million, or 10%, to $149 million in 2017. The increase was primarily driven by the impact from the higher core sales and productivity, partially offset by unfavorable mix and an increase of $12 million in restructuring and related charges.
2016 compared with 2015  
Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales increased by $43 million, or 6%, to $746 million in 2016, reflecting a core sales increase of $60 million, or 8%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $17 million, or 2%.
Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products increased $16 million, or 3%, to $512 million in 2016, driven by a core sales increase of $28 million, or 6%, primarily reflecting strength in the retail vertical. Core sales were partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $12 million, or 3%, primarily as a result of the British pound weakening against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar.
Sales of Merchandising Equipment increased $27 million, or 13%, to $234 million in 2016, reflecting a core sales increase of $32 million, or 15%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $5 million, or 2%, primarily as a result of the British pound weakening against the U.S. dollar. The increase in core sales was primarily related to stronger sales to large bottler customers as well as full-line operators.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies operating profit increased by $35 million, or 34%, to $136 million in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by the benefit from the higher core sales, the impact from MEI related synergy savings of $10 million and lower acquisition integration and restructuring relatedintegration charges of $7 million.
2015 compared with 2014  
Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales decreased by $9 million, or 1%, to $703 million in 2015, reflecting unfavorable foreign currency translation of $42 million, or 6%, and the impact of a transition services agreement related to a divested product line of $10 million, or 1%, partially offset by a core sales increase of $43 million, or 6%. 
Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products decreased $16 million, or 3%, to $496 million in 2015, reflecting unfavorable foreign currency translation of $38 million, or 7%, as the British pound, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, and euro weakened against the U.S. dollar, coupled with the aforementioned impact of a transition services agreement related to a divested product line which reduced sales by $10 million, or 2%. These decreases were partially offset by a core sales increase of $31 million, or 6%, reflecting higher sales in retail, gaming, vending, and transportation end markets, partially offset by lower sales to the financial services markets.
Sales of Merchandising Equipment increased $8 million, or 4%, to $207 million in 2015, reflecting a core sales increase of $11 million, or 6%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $4 million, or 2%, as the British pound weakened against the U.S. dollar. The increase in core sales reflected higher sales to certain large bottler customers as well as full-line operators in 2015.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies operating profit increased by $32 million, or 47%, to $101 million in 2015. The increase was primarily driven by the impact from higher core sales, a decrease in acquisition, integration and restructuring related charges of $17 million and synergy savings of $14 million, partially offset by unfavorable product mix and unfavorable foreign exchange.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

AEROSPACE & ELECTRONICS
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
Net sales by product line:      
Commercial Original Equipment $355
 $349
 $351
Military Original Equipment 200
 153
 159
Commercial Aftermarket 133
 132
 134
Military Aftermarket 58
 57
 52
Total net sales 746
 691
 696
Operating profit 150
 145
 138
Restructuring and related charges* 
 
 8
Assets 556
 559
 512
Operating margin 20.1% 21.0% 19.9%
(in millions, except %) 2017 2016 2015
Net sales by product line:      
Commercial Original Equipment $346
 $355
 $349
Military Original Equipment 159
 200
 153
Commercial Aftermarket 134
 133
 132
Military Aftermarket 52
 58
 57
Total net sales $691
 $746
 $691
Operating profit $160
 $150
 $145
Gain on sale of property, net of restructuring charges* $10
 $
 $
Assets $573
 $556
 $559
Operating margin 23.2% 20.1% 21.0%
*Restructuring and relatedGain on sale of property, net of restructuring charges, areis included in operating profit and operating margin.
2017 compared with 2016
Aerospace & Electronics sales decreased $55 million, or 7%, to $691 million in 2017. The commercial market and military market accounted for 69% and 31%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2017. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2017 were 73% and 27% of total sales, respectively.
Sales of Commercial Original Equipment decreased by $9 million, or 2%, to $346 million in 2017. The sales decrease was primarily driven by weaker sales to business jet and wide body end markets.
Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased by $41 million, or 21%, to $159 million in 2017. The sales decrease primarily reflected the non-repeat of a large military program that shipped in 2016.
Sales of Commercial Aftermarket increased by $1 million or 1%, to $134 million in 2017.
Sales of Military Aftermarket decreased by $6 million, or 9%, to $52 million in 2017. The sales decrease primarily reflected higher sales of modernization & upgrade programs in 2016.
Aerospace & Electronics operating profit increased by $10 million, or 7%, to $160 million in 2017, primarily as a result of strong productivity and a gain on sale of property, net of restructuring charges, related to repositioning activities in the fourth quarter of 2017, partially offset by the impact of the lower sales volume.
2016 compared with 2015
Aerospace & Electronics sales increased $55 million, or 8%, to $746 million in 2016. The commercial market and military market accounted for 65% and 35%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2016. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2016 were 74% and 26% of total sales, respectively.
Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased by $6 million, or 2%, to $355 million in 2016. The increase was driven by strength from commercial transport markets, partially offset by weaker business jet related sales.
Sales of Military Original Equipment increased by $47 million, or 31%, to $200 million in 2016. The increase primarily reflected shipments related to a large military program.
Sales of Commercial Aftermarket increased by $1 million, or 1%, to $133 million in 2016.
Sales of Military Aftermarket increased by $1 million, or 1%, to $58 million in 2016.
Aerospace & Electronics operating profit increased by $5 million, or 3%, to $150 million in 2016, primarily as a result of the impact from the higher volume and strong productivity, partially offset by unfavorable product mix associated with deliveries for the large military program which had lower relative margins.

2015 compared with 2014
Aerospace & Electronics sales decreased $5 million, or 0.7%, to $691 million in 2015. The commercial market and military market accounted for 70% and 30%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2015. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers were 73% and 27%, respectively, in 2015.
Sales of Commercial Original Equipment decreased by $1.4 million, or 0.4%, to $349 million in 2015. The sales decrease was driven by lower shipments to regional aircraft customers, lower engineering sales and lower sales for other commercial applications, partially offset by higher sales to manufacturers of large commercial transport aircrafts.
Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased by $6 million, or 4%, to $153 million in 2015. The sales decrease reflected lower build rates related to certain military platforms.
Sales of Commercial Aftermarket decreased by $2 million, or 1%, to $132 million in 2015. The sales decrease reflected lower sales to airlines and other aftermarket customers.
Sales of Military Aftermarket increased by $5 million, or 9%, to $57 million in 2015. The sales increase was driven by higher military modernization and upgrade product sales primarily associated with the B-52H brake control upgrade program for the U.S. Air Force.
Aerospace & Electronics operating profit increased by $7 million, or 5%, to $145 million in 2015, primarily as a result of strong productivity and repositioning benefits, a decrease in restructuring and related charges and a favorable product mix, partially offset by higher engineering expense.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ENGINEERED MATERIALS
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Net sales by product line:            
FRP- Recreational Vehicles $131
 $134
 $134
 $150
 $131
 $134
FRP- Building Products 90
 83
 82
 95
 90
 83
FRP- Transportation 36
 38
 38
 30
 36
 38
Total net sales 257
 255
 253
 $275
 $257
 $255
Operating profit 49
 48
 37
 $50
 $49
 $48
Assets 225
 228
 229
 $221
 $225
 $228
Operating margin 19.1% 19.0% 14.5% 18.0% 19.1% 19.0%
2017 compared with 2016
Engineered Materials sales increased by $18 million, or 7%, to $275 million in 2017.
Sales of FRP panels to RV manufacturers increased by $19 million, or 15%, to $150 million in 2017, resulting primarily from market share gains and underlying market growth.
Sales of FRP to building products customers increased $5 million, or 6%, to $95 million in 2017, primarily reflecting higher sales in international markets and in the domestic retail channel, reflecting improved non-residential construction activity.
Sales of FRP to transportation customers decreased $6 million, or 18%, to $30 million in 2017, primarily reflecting lower sales of side skirts and tank cladding products.
Engineered Materials operating profit increased by $1 million, or 1%, to $50 million in 2017, reflecting higher volumes and strong productivity, partially offset by higher material costs.
2016 compared with 2015
Engineered Materials sales increased by $2 million, or 1%, to $257 million in 2016.
Sales of FRP panels to RV manufacturers decreased by $3 million, or 2.0%2%, to $131 million, resulting from lower sales to RV manufacturers primarily due to competitive pricing.
Sales of FRP to building products customers increased $7 million, or 8%, to $90 million in 2016, primarily reflecting higher sales in international markets and in the domestic retail channel.
Sales of FRP to transportation customers decreased $2 million, or 4%, to $36 million in 2016, primarily reflecting lower sales of side skirts and tank cladding products.
Engineered Materials operating profit increased by $1 million, or 1%, to $49 million in 2016, reflecting strong productivity and higher volumes, partially offset by competitive pricing.
2015 compared with 2014
Engineered Materials sales increased by $2 million, or 1%, to $255 million in 2015.
Sales of FRP to RV manufacturers increased slightly, resulting from higher sales of our RV-related applications as RV OEM build rates remained strong throughout 2015, primarily reflecting low fuel prices and continued low interest rates.
Sales of FRP to building products customers increased $1 million, or 2% , to $83 million in 2015, reflecting a modest recovery in commercial construction end markets in the United States.
Engineered Materials operating profit increased by $12 million, or 32%, to $48 million in 2015, reflecting lower raw material costs, primarily resin, and strong productivity gains.




MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CORPORATE
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
(in millions) 2017 2016 2015
Corporate expense $(61) $(48) $(54) $(68) $(61) $(48)
Corporate expense — Asbestos (192) 
   
 (192) 
Corporate expense — Environmental 
 
 (56)
Total Corporate (254) (48) (109)
Total Corporate expense $(68) $(254) $(48)
Interest income 2
 2
 2
 $3
 $2
 $2
Interest expense (37) (38) (39) $(36) $(37) $(38)
Miscellaneous (expense) income (2) (1) 2
Miscellaneous expense $(1) $(2) $(1)
2017 compared with 2016
Total Corporate expense was lower by $186 million in 2017 primarily due to the absence of a $192 million asbestos charge and a $5 million legal settlement charge, both recorded in 2016. This decline was partially offset by transaction costs of $4 million related to the acquisition of Crane Currency. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 11, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the 2016 asbestos and legal settlement charges. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the acquisition of Crane Currency.
2016 compared with 2015
Total Corporate expense increased by $206 million in 2016, primarily due to an asbestos charge of $192 million and to a lesser extent, a $5.0$5 million legal settlement charge recorded in 2016, higher compensation costs and higher benefit costs. See Note 10, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the asbestos and legal settlement charges.
2015 compared with 2014
Total Corporate decreased by $62 million, or 56%, to $48 million in 2015, primarily due to the absence of the following 2014 charges: 1) $49 million related to an increase in our liability at our Goodyear Site; 2) $6.8 million for expected remediation costs associated with our Roseland Site, and 3) $6.5 million related to a lawsuit settlement.
Income Tax
(in millions, except %) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Income before tax — U.S. $63
 $262
 $142
 $270
 $63
 $262
Income before tax — non-U.S. 101
 75
 139
 97
 101
 75
Income before tax — worldwide 164
 337
 281
 $367
 $164
 $337
Provision for income taxes 40
 107
 88
 $195
 $40
 $107
Effective tax rate 24.6% 31.7% 31.2% 53.1% 24.6% 31.7%

Our effective tax rate is affected by a number of items, both recurring and discrete, including the amount of income we earn in different jurisdictions and their respective statutory tax rates, acquisitions and dispositions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting principles, the continued availability of statutory tax credits and deductions, the continued reinvestment of our overseas earnings, and examinations initiated by tax authorities around the world. See Application of Critical Accounting Policies included later in this Item 7 for additional information about our provision for income taxes. A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective tax rate is set forth in Part II, Item 8 under Note 23, "Income Taxes" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2017 compared with 2016
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA significantly changed U.S. corporate income tax law by reducing federal statutory tax rates from 35% to 21%, instituting a territorial tax system that provides a 100% exemption on future repatriations from certain foreign subsidiaries, and imposing a one-time transition tax on previously deferred non-U.S. earnings. Our effective tax rate in 2017 was significantly affected by TCJA. Specifically, we recorded a one-time charge of $87 million primarily consisting of:
A re-measurement of our net deferred tax assets due to a reduction in U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, totaling $75 million; and
A one-time mandatory transition tax on previous deferred earnings of foreign subsidiaries and a reassessment of our assertion regarding re-investment of our non-US subsidiaries' undistributed earnings, together totaling $12 million.
We calculated this charge based on our understanding of both the TCJA as drafted and interpretative guidance issued as of the time of this filing.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) which allows registrants that do not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed to complete the accounting for the TCJA to report provisional amounts in their SEC filings based on reasonable estimates.  Further, it provides a one year measurement period for registrants to complete their accounting for the TCJA. 


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In accordance with SAB 118, we considered the entire $87 million charge to be a provisional estimate. During 2018, we will gather outstanding information (e.g., the effects of the TCJA on the tax bases of our non-U.S. subsidiaries), further analyze our computations (e.g., non-U.S. withholding, corporate income, and distribution taxes), and incorporate any new guidance issued by U.S. federal, U.S. state or non-U.S. regulatory authorities related to the TCJA. We will record any changes to our provisional estimate in the quarter in which we complete our analysis, but no later than the quarter ending December 31, 2018.
2016 compared with 2015
Our effective tax rate decreased from 2015 to 2016 largely due to proportionately more earnings realized in countries that have lower statutory tax rates, greater U.S. federal tax benefits from domestic manufacturing and R&D activities, and a discrete benefit recognized in 2016 as a result of the resolution of a tax examination. These items were partially offset by higher U.S. state taxes.
2015 compared with 2014
Our effective tax rate increased from 2014 to 2015 largely due to proportionality more earnings realized in countries that have higher statutory tax rates, partially offset by a larger U.S. federal tax benefit from domestic manufacturing activities.




MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
(in millions) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Net cash provided by (used in):            
Operating activities $318
 $229
 $264
 $318
 $318
 $229
Investing activities (51) (35) (26) (87) (51) (35)
Financing activities (100) (144) (133) (81) (100) (144)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (21) (33) (30) 47
 (21) (33)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 146
 17
 76
 $197
 $146
 $17
Our operating philosophy is to deploy cash provided from operating activities, when appropriate, to provide value to shareholders by reinvesting in existing businesses, by making acquisitions that will complement our portfolio of businesses, by divesting businesses that are no longer strategic and by paying dividends and/or repurchasing shares.
Our current cash balance, together with cash we expect to generate from future operations along with the $500 million available under our Commercial PaperCP Program (the “CP Program”) or borrowings available under our revolving credit facility, is expected to be sufficient to finance our short- and long-term capital requirements, as well as to fund payments associated with our asbestos and environmental liabilities and expected pension contributions. In addition, we believe our investment grade credit ratings afford us adequate access to public and private debt markets. We havehad no borrowings outstanding under our CP Program as of December 31, 2016. There are no other significant debt maturities coming due until2017.
On December 2018.
In20, 2017, we entered into a $150 million 364-day credit agreement (the "364-day Credit Agreement") and a $200 million 3-year term loan credit agreement (the "3-year Term Loan Credit Agreement"). On January 10, 2018, we completed the fourth quarteracquisition of 2016, we extended our estimateCrane Currency, a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features. The base purchase price of the asbestos liability, includingacquisition was $800 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. To fund the costsacquisition, we issued $340 million of settlement or indemnity paymentscommercial paper under our current CP Program, drew $100 million and defense costs relating$200 million from the 364-day Term Loan Credit Agreement and 3-year Term Loan Credit Agreement, respectively, and used cash on hand. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” in the Notes to currently pending claims and future claims projectedConsolidated Financial Statements.
On February 5, 2018, we completed a public offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due 2048 (the "Public Offering"). We used the net proceeds from the Public Offering, together with cash on hand, to be filed against us through the generally accepted end point of such claims in 2059. Our estimaterepay all of the asbestos liability$100 million outstanding under the 364-day Credit Agreement. We also issued a notice of redemption on February 7, 2018 for pending and future claims through 2059 is based on the projected future asbestos costs resulting from our experience using a range$250 million of reference periods for claims filed, settled and dismissed. Based on this estimate, we recordedoutstanding 2.75% notes due in December 2018 with an additional liabilityeffective date of $227 million (an aggregate asbestos liability of $696 million) as of December 31, 2016. We continue to monitor trend factors, such as the number and type of claims being filed each year, case management orders and legislation restricting the types of claims that can proceed to trial, significant appellate rulings and developments affecting the post-bankruptcy trusts for asbestos claimants to assess whether a changeMarch 7, 2018. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the estimate is warranted. On a quarterly basis, we review significant changesNotes to these factors in assessing the adequacy of our asbestos liability. Similarly, we have an estimated liability of $49 million related to environmental remediation costs projected through 2022 related to our Goodyear Site.Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, our non-U.S. subsidiaries held approximately $464$559 million of cash, which would be subjectcash. The TCJA significantly changed U.S. tax law by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate to additional21%, imposing a one-time transition tax upon repatriation to the United States. Ouron previously deferred non-U.S. earnings, and instituting a 100% U.S. corporate income tax exemption on repatriations from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries occurring after December 31, 2017.
While our current plans do not anticipate that we willforecast the need to use funds generated from our non-U.S. operations to fund our day-to-day U.S. operations. In the eventoperations, we were to repatriate the cash balances ofprovisionally determined that, based on this significant change in U.S. tax law, our non-U.S. subsidiaries,earnings are no longer permanently reinvested offshore. As a result, we would provide forrecorded a $4 million charge, increasing our deferred tax liability to $6 million, which represents our best estimate of the non-U.S. withholding, corporate income and pay additionaldistribution taxes due upon the repatriation of these earnings to the U.S. as of December 31, 2017.
In accordance with SAB 118, we will finalize our calculations and non-U.S. taxes in connection with such repatriation.record any resulting adjustment to our year-end 2017 deferred tax liability no later than the fourth quarter of 2018.
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities, a key source of our liquidity, was $318 million in 2016, compared to $229 million in 2015.  The increaseboth 2017 and 2016.  Increases in cash generated resulted primarily from lower working capital requirements and to a lesser extent, lower pension contributions and environmental payments. These increases were offset by higher income tax payments, higher net asbestos-related payments and higher defined benefit plan and postretirement plan contributions. Net asbestos-related payments in 2017 and 2016 were $63 million and 2015 were $56 million, and $50 million, respectively. WeIn 2018, we expect to make payments related to asbestos settlement and defense costs, net of related insurance recoveries, of approximately $55$60 million, environmental payments, net of reimbursements, of approximately $13$7 million and contributions to our defined benefit plans of approximately $12 million in 2017.$25 million.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Investing Activities
Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures and cash flows provided by divestitures of businesses or assets, and cash used for acquisitions.assets. Cash used for investing activities was $87 million in 2017, compared to $51 million in 2016, compared to $35 million in 2015.2016. The increase in cash used for investing activities was driven by higheramounts paid (net of cash acquired) of $55 million for the acquisitions of Westlock and Microtronic during 2017 and, to a lesser extent, a $5 million decrease in cash due to the deconsolidation of a joint venture. These reductions were partially offset by proceeds from dispositions of capital expenditures.assets and slightly lower capital expenditures year over year. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems. We expect our capital expenditures to approximate $50$125 million in 2017,2018, reflecting $56 million of capital requirements resulting from the recently acquired Crane Currency business, as well as continued investments in new product development initiatives, primarily in our Aerospace & Electronics, Payment and& Merchandising Technologies and Fluid Handling segments.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financing Activities
Financing cash flows consist primarily of dividend payments to shareholders, share repurchases, repayments of indebtedness, proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash used for financing activities was $81 million in 2017, compared to $100 million in 2016, compared to $144 million in 2015.2016. The lower levels of cash used for financing activities was primarily due to the absencehigher repayments of commercial paper in 2016, partially offset by an increase in cash used for open market purchases of our common stock (weshare repurchases. We repurchased 398,095331,632 shares of our common stock at a cost of $25 million in 2015) and higher proceeds from stock options exercised.2017.
Financing Arrangements
On February 5, 2018, we completed a Public Offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due 2048. See Part II, Item 8 under Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2017, we entered into a $550 million five year Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2017 Facility”), which replaced the existing $500 million revolving credit facility. The 2017 Facility allows us to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including financing for acquisitions. Interest is based on, at our option, (1) a base rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.0% to 0.50% depending upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of our senior unsecured long-term debt (the "Index Debt Rating"), or (2) an adjusted LIBOR for an interest period to be selected by us, plus a margin ranging from 0.805% to 1.50% depending upon the Index Debt Rating (such margin, the “Applicable LIBOR Margin”). The 2017 Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on us and our subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. We must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 2017 Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by us or any of our material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us and our material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of us. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2017 Facility as of December 31, 2017.
In December 2017, we also entered into the $150 million 364-day credit agreement and the $200 million 3-year term loan credit agreement. Borrowings are available under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement once certain conditions precedent have been satisfied, including consummation of our acquisition of Crane Currency. Interest on loans made under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement accrues, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (1) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin ranging from 0.0% to 0.75% depending upon the Index Debt Rating or (2) an adjusted LIBOR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by us plus a margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.75% depending upon the Index Debt Rating. A commitment fee begins to accrue on March 5, 2018 (with respect to the 364-day Credit Agreement) and on January 19, 2018 (with respect to the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement) on the daily unused portion of the commitments under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement, respectively, at a rate per annum ranging from 0.07% to 0.25% depending on the Index Debt Rating. Each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement contain substantially the same affirmative and negative covenants, including the maximum debt to capitalization ratio, and events of default, as the 2017 Facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 364-day Credit Agreement and 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2017. In January 2018, we drew $100 million from our 364-day Credit Agreement and $200 million from our 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement to fund our acquisition of Crane Currency. In February 2018, we paid $100 million outstanding under the 364-day Credit Agreement after completion of the Public Offering.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Total debt was $745$744 million and $794$745 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively. Our indebtedness as of December 31, 20162017 was as follows:
$249 million of 2.75% notes due 2018;
$298 million of 4.45% notes due 2023;
$198 million of 6.55% notes due 2036;
2.75% notes due December 2018 - In December 2013, we issued five year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $250 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations that mature on December 15, 2018 and bear interest at 2.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or part, at our option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the company,Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 2.92%. We issued a notice of redemption on February 7, 2018 for the $250 million of outstanding 2.75% notes due in December 2018 with an effective date of March 7, 2018.
4.45% notes due December 2023 - In December 2013, we issued 10 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $300 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations that mature on December 15, 2023 and bear interest at 4.45% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or part, at our option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the company,Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 4.56%.
6.55% notes due November 2036 - In November 2006, we issued 30 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Company that mature on November 15, 2036 and bear interest at 6.55% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at our option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the company,Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization; these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 6.67%.
Commercial paper program - On March 2, 2015, we entered into the CP Program pursuant to which we may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes (the “Notes”) pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time, with the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the CP Program at any time not to exceed $500 million. The Notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of December 31, 2016, we had no amounts outstanding under the Notes.  The net proceeds of the issuances of the Notes can be used to repay amounts under our revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2017, we had no amounts outstanding under the Notes. In January 2018, we issued $340 million under the CP Program to fund our acquisition of Crane Currency.
Revolving Credit Facility - In May 2012, we entered into a five year, $300 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as subsequently amended in March 2013 and increasedAs of December 31, 2017, our total debt to $500 million (the “Facility”)). The Facility allows us to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including financing for acquisitions. Interest is based on, at our option, (1) a LIBOR-based formula that is dependent in part on our credit rating (LIBOR plus 105 basis pointstotal capitalization ratio was 36%, computed as of the date of thisfollows:
(in millions)December 31, 2017
Current maturities of long-term debt$249.4
Long-term debt494.1
Total indebtedness$743.5
Total shareholders’ equity1,345.2
Capitalization$2,088.7
Total indebtedness to capitalization36%

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

report; up to a maximum of LIBOR plus 147.5 basis points), or (2) the greatest of (i) the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points, or (iii) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points, plus a spread dependent on our credit rating (5 basis points as of the date of this report; up to a maximum of 47.5 basis points). The Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including a total debt to total capitalization ratio of less than or equal to 65%, the absence of a material adverse effect and limitations on us and our subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. The Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, the fact that any representation or warranty made by us is false in any material respect, default under certain other indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us and our subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of the company.
In May 2015, we entered into an amendment ("Amendment No. 2") to the Facility. Amendment No. 2, among other things, (i) extends the maturity date under the Facility to May 2020 and (ii) amends the applicable fee and margins on the revolving loans made pursuant to the Facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under the Facility as of December 31, 2016.
As of December 31, 2016, our total debt to total capitalization ratio was 40%, computed as follows:
(in millions)December 31, 2016
Long-term debt$745.3
Total indebtedness745.3
Total shareholders’ equity$1,133.8
Capitalization$1,879.1
Total indebtedness to capitalization40%
All outstanding senior, unsecured notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 1, 1991. The indenture contains certain limitations on liens and sale and lease-back transactions.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, we had open standby letters of credit of $24$21 million issued pursuant to a $48$47 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines.
Credit Ratings
As of December 31, 2016,2017, our senior unsecured debt was rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s with a Stable outlook and Baa2 with a Stable outlook by Moody’s Investors Service. We believe that these ratings afford us adequate access to the public and private debt markets.
Contractual Obligations
Under various agreements, we are obligated to make future cash payments in fixed amounts. These include payments under our long-term debt agreements and rent payments required under operating lease agreements. The following table summarizes our fixed cash obligations as of December 31, 2016:2017:
 Payment due by Period Payment due by Period
(in millions) Total
 2017
 
2018
-2019

 
2020
-2021

 2022 and after
 Total 2018 
2019
-2020
 
2021
-2022
 2023 and after
Long-term debt (1) $750.0
 $
 $250.0
 $
 $500.0
 $750.0
 $250.0
 $
 $
 $500.0
Fixed interest payments 369.2
 33.3
 59.8
 52.9
 223.2
 335.9
 33.3
 52.9
 52.9
 196.8
Operating lease payments 63.5
 17.0
 21.9
 9.7
 14.9
 95.0
 21.3
 29.0
 17.7
 27.0
Purchase obligations 68.2
 62.2
 5.0
 0.6
 0.4
 103.8
 101.0
 2.0
 0.7
 0.1
Pension benefits (2) 468.2
 39.6
 83.3
 90.3
 255.0
 493.1
 42.7
 88.2
 95.8
 266.4
Other long-term liabilities reflected on Consolidated Balance Sheets (3) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total $1,719.1
 $152.1
 $420.0
 $153.5
 $993.5
 $1,777.8
 $448.3
 $172.1
 $167.1
 $990.3
(1)Excludes original issue discount.
(2)Pension benefits are funded by the respective pension trusts. The postretirement benefit component of the obligation is approximately $1 million per year for which there is no trust and will be directly funded by us. Pension benefits are included through 2026.2027.
(3)As the timing of future cash outflows is uncertain, the following long-term liabilities (and related balances) are excluded from the above table: Long-term asbestos liability ($625520 million), long-term environmental liability ($4932 million) and gross unrecognized tax benefits ($4749 million) and related gross interest and penalties ($67 million).

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Capital Structure
The following table sets forth our capitalization:
(in millions, except %) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Short-term borrowings $
 $49.6
Current maturities of long-term debt $249.4
 $
Long-term debt 745.3
 749.3
 494.1
 745.3
Total debt 745.3
 798.9
 743.5
 745.3
Less cash and cash equivalents 509.7
 363.5
 706.2
 509.7
Net debt * 235.6
 435.4
 37.3
 235.6
Equity 1,145.7
 1,150.8
 1,348.5
 1,145.7
Net capitalization* $1,381.3
 $1,586.2
 $1,385.8
 $1,381.3
Net debt to equity* 20.6% 37.8% 2.8% 20.6%
Net debt to net capitalization* 17.1% 27.4% 2.7% 17.1%
*
Net debt, a non-GAAP measure, represents total debt less cash and cash equivalents. AsNet debt is comprised of December 31, 2016, our non-U.S. subsidiaries held approximately $464 million of cash,components disclosed above which would be subject to additional tax upon repatriation toare presented on the United States.Consolidated Balance Sheets. We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). However, management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures, which include the presentation of net debt, provide useful information about our ability to satisfy our debt obligation with currently available funds. Management also uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating, planning and compensation decisions and in evaluating our performance.

Non-GAAP financial measures, which may be inconsistent with similarly captioned measures presented by other companies, should be viewed in the context of the definitions of the elements of such measures we provide and in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our reported results prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

In 2016,2017, equity decreased $5increased $203 million as a result of changes in currency translation adjustment of $64.7 million and cash dividends of $77.2 million, partially offset by net income attributable to common shareholders of $122.8$172 million, as well aschanges in currency translation adjustment of $87 million, changes in stock option exercises of $30.4$31 million, restricted stock, netpartially offset by cash dividends of $11.5$78 million and stock option amortizationshare repurchases of $6.3$25 million.
Off-Balance

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not included in the consolidated financial statements, nor do we have any interests in or relationships with any special purpose off-balanceoff balance sheet financing entities.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OUTLOOK
Overall
Our sales depend heavily on industries that are cyclical in nature or are subject to market conditions which may cause customer demand for our products to be volatile and unpredictable. Demand in these industries is affected by fluctuations in domestic and international economic conditions, as well as currency fluctuations, commodity costs, and a variety of other factors.
For 2017,2018, we expect a total year-over-year sales declineincrease of approximately 2%18.5%, driven by unfavorable foreign exchangeacquisition benefits of 3% and the completion of a transition services agreement related to a divested product line of 0.5%15%, partially offset by core sales growth of approximately 1%.3%, and a 0.5% benefit from favorable foreign exchange. We expect a substantialan improvement in operating profit, and operating margins, driven primarily by the absence of an asbestos provision, improved productivity and benefits from repositioning actions, higher core sales volume, favorable product mix, and a reduction in engineering expense in our Aerospace & Electronics segment.operating profit contributed by acquisitions, partially offset by higher transaction, acquisition integration related costs and accelerated strategic growth investments.
Fluid Handling
In 2017,2018, we expect Fluid Handling sales to declineincrease in the mid single-digit range compared to 2016,2017, driven by a low to mid single-digit core sales declinegrowth and unfavorablefavorable foreign currency translation.
We expect Process Valves and Related Products sales to declineincrease in the mid to high single-digit range compared to 2016,2017, driven by a low to mid single-digit core sales declineincrease, a low single-digit increase from an acquisition, and unfavorablea modest benefit from favorable foreign currency translation. Excluding foreign exchange, we expect order rates in 20172018 to be relatively flatimprove compared to 20162017 as our end markets continue to stabilize. However, given weak order activity in 2016, the backlog entering 2017 is lower than it was at the beginning of the prior year, driving core sales lower.gradually improve.
We expect Commercial Valves sales to declineincrease in the mid single-digit range compared to 2016,2017, driven by unfavorableboth core sales growth and favorable foreign exchange, with core sales approximately flat, reflecting relative stabilitymodest growth in our end markets.
OurWe expect Other Products sales are expected to be relatively flatdecline in the mid to high single-digit range compared to 2016,2017 with modest growth in the U.S. municipal market.market which are more than offset by lost sales related to the deconsolidation of a joint venture.
For the segment, we expect a declinean improvement in both operating profit compared to 2016, as the negative impact from lower core sales and unfavorable foreign currency will be partially offset by productivity initiatives resulting in relatively flat operating margins compared to 2016.2017, driven by benefits from core sales growth, strong productivity, and lower restructuring and related costs.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies
We expect Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales to increase inmore than 50%, driven primarily by the mid single-digit range compared to 2016,acquisition of Crane Currency, with a low double-digitsingle-digit improvement in core sales, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation.sales. We expect core sales to improve across both CPI and Merchandising Systems, with a higher core growth rate at CPI.Merchandising Systems. At CPI, we expect core sales improvementgrowth to be slightly positive, with growth driven by several vertical end markets including transportation, vending, financial services,largely offset by very challenging comparisons in the gaming and gaming, although the most significant growth is expected from the retail vertical.vertical markets. At Merchandising Systems, we expect an improvement in core sales driven primarily by better demand from large bottler customers and full-line operators. We expect the segment’s operating profit to increasebe comparable to 2017, with substantially compared to 2016, driven by the higher salesacquisition integration costs and productivity, partiallyaccelerated strategic growth investments approximately offset by unfavorable product mixlower repositioning and unfavorable foreign currency.related charges, as well as benefits from higher core volumes and benefits from the Crane Currency acquisition.
Aerospace & Electronics
We expect Aerospace & Electronics core sales to decreaseincrease in the mid single-digit range compared to 2016.2017. For 2017,2018, we expect that commercial market conditions will remain generally positive, and we expect sales growth from both our commercial and military OEM business. However, military OE sales are expected to decline substantially given the completion of a large military program in 2016 that will not repeat in 2017. We alsowe expect aftermarket sales to decline, primarily as a result of lower modernization and upgrade sales. Despite the reduction in sales, weWe expect segment operating profit in 20172018 to increasedecrease compared to 20162017 driven primarily by favorable product mix associated with the completionabsence of the large military program, strong2017 gain on the sale of a property and due to accelerated strategic growth investments, partially offset by higher volume and improved productivity and lower engineering expense.benefits from repositioning actions.
Engineered Materials
In 2017,2018, we expect the Engineered Materials segment sales will increase slightly compared to the prior year. We expect modest growth in sales to RV manufacturers and to our building product customers, partially offset by a decline in sales to RV manufacturers.the Transportation market. Segment operating profit is expected to be relatively flat compared to 2016.2017.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Part II, Item 8 under Note 1, “Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain accounting policies require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. The accounting policies described below are those that most frequently require us to make estimates and judgments and, therefore, are critical to understanding our results of operations. We have discussed the development and selection of these accounting estimates and the related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition.  Revenue is recorded when title (risk of loss) passes to the customer and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue on long-term, fixed-price contracts is recorded on a percentage of completion basis using units of delivery as the measurement basis for progress toward completion. Sales under cost-reimbursement-type contracts are recorded as costs are incurred.
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all current industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In July 2015, the FASB agreed to a one-year deferral of the effective date; the new standard is now effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. EarlyEffective January 1, 2018, we adopted the new standard using the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of the new revenue standard is permitted; however, entities reporting under U.S. GAAP areguidance will not permittedhave a material impact to adopt the standard earlier than the original effective date, which was for years beginning after December 15, 2016. The new standard can be applied either retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of initial application.
We developed a project plan and established a cross-functional implementation team consisting of representatives from across all of our business segments. The project plan includes analyzing the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing our current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. We have made significant progress on our contract reviews and continue to evaluate the impact of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements related disclosures and transition method. While we anticipate potentially increased over(we expect the adjustment to retained earnings to be less than $10 million). The majority of our revenue will continue to be recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the product. Revenue on certain contracts that were previously recognized at a point in time upon product delivery will now be recognized as costs are incurred. This change generally results in an acceleration of revenue as compared with our previous revenue recognition method for certain revenue contracts, we do not believe the standard will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. We expect to adopt the standard as of January 1, 2018.those contracts.
Inventories.  Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or market.and net realizable value. We regularly review inventory values on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory primarily based on historical performance and our forecast of product demand over the next two years. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $54.1$58 million and $48.5$54 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.
Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income taxes is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.
Based on consideration of all available evidence regarding their utilization, we record net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some amount of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount that, in our judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The evidence we consider in reaching such conclusions includes, but is not limited to; (1) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, (3) taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law, (4) cumulative losses in recent years, (5) a history of tax losses or credit carryforwards expiring unused, (6) a carryback or carryforward period that is so brief it limits realization of tax benefits, and (7) a strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the carryforward and support showing that the loss is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We account for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line of the Consolidated Statement of Operations, while accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In determining whether the earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are permanently reinvested overseas, we consider the following:

Our history of utilizing non-U.S. cash to acquire non-U.S. businesses,
Our current and future needs for cash outside the U.S. (e.g., to fund capital expenditures, business operations, potential acquisitions, etc.),
Our ability to satisfy U.S.-based cash needs (e.g., domestic pension contributions, interest payment on external debt, dividends to shareholders, etc.) with cash generated by our U.S. businesses, and
The effect U.S. tax reform proposals calling for reduced corporate income tax rates and/or “repatriation” tax holidays would have on the amount of the tax liability.
Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets.  As of December 31, 2016,2017, we had $1.149 billion$1,207 million of goodwill. Our business acquisitions typically result in the generation of goodwill and other intangible assets. We follow the provisions under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in our consolidated financial statements. These provisions require that we, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if impairment exists. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in the impairment status. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a “component”), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of December 31, 2016,2017, we had seven reporting units.
When performing our annual impairment assessment, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to their respective carrying value. Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established primarily by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital which varies for each reporting unit and which, as of our most recent annual impairment assessment, ranged between 9.0%10.0% and 12.0%13.0% (a weighted average of 10.5%11.0%), reflecting the respective inherent business risk of each of the reporting units tested. This methodology for valuing our reporting units (commonly referred to as the Income Method) has not changed from the prior year. The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. In addition to the foregoing, for each reporting unit, market multiples are used to corroborate our discounted cash flow results where fair value is estimated based on earnings before income taxes, depreciation, and amortization ("EBITDA") and revenue multiples determined by available public information of comparable businesses. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings. Furthermore, in order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical, reasonably possible 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit. The effects of this hypothetical 10% decrease would still result in a fair value calculation exceeding our carrying value for each of our reporting units. No impairment charges have been required during 2017, 2016 2015 or 2014.2015.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, we had $282$277 million of net intangible assets, of which $27$29 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names. Intangibles with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief of royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In addition to annual testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we review all of our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the definite-lived intangible asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups and include estimated future revenues, gross profit margins, operating profit margins and capital expenditures which are based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the definite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired and a charge would be taken against net earnings based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. Judgments that we make which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of definite-lived assets and our ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets, and are affected primarily by

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of definite-lived intangible assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our definite-lived intangible assets may require adjustment in future periods. Historical results to date have generally approximated expected cash flows for the identifiable cash flow generating level. We believe there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our indefinite-lived or definite-lived intangible assets below their carrying value.
Contingencies.  The categories of claims for which we have estimated our liability, the amount of our liability accruals, and the estimates of our related insurance receivables are critical accounting estimates related to legal proceedings and other contingencies. Please refer to Part II, Item 8 under Note 10,11, “Commitments and Contingencies”,Contingencies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Asbestos Liability and Related Insurance Coverage and Receivable.  As of December 31, 2017, we had an aggregate asbestos
liability of $605 million for pending claims and future claims projected to be filed against us through 2059. Estimation of our exposure for asbestos-related claims is subject to significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variables that can affect the timing, severity and quantity of claims and the manner of their resolution. We have retained the firm of Hamilton, Rabinovitz & Associates, Inc. (“HR&A”), a nationally recognized expert in the field, to assist management in estimating our asbestos liability in the tort system. HR&A reviews information provided by us concerning claims filed, settled and dismissed, amounts paid in settlements and relevant claim information such as the nature of the asbestos-related disease asserted by the claimant, the jurisdiction where filed and the time lag from filing to disposition of the claim. The methodology used by HR&A to project future asbestos costs is based on our recent historical experience for claims filed, settled and dismissed during a base reference period. Our experience is then compared to estimates of the number of individuals likely to develop asbestos-related diseases determined based on widely used previously conducted epidemiological studies augmented with current data inputs. Those studies were undertaken in connection with national analyses of the population of workers believed to have been exposed to asbestos. Using that information, HR&A estimates the number of future claims that would be filed against us and estimates the aggregate settlement or indemnity costs that would be incurred to resolve both pending and future claims based upon the average settlement costs by disease during the reference period. Our liability estimate is augmented for the costs of defending asbestos claims in the tort system using a forecast from us which is based upon discussions with its defense counsel. Based on this information, HR&A compiles an estimate of our asbestos liability for pending and future claims using a range of reference periods based on claim experience and covering claims expected to be filed through the indicated forecast period. The most significant factors affecting the liability estimate are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against us, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against us and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by us. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. These trend factors have both positive and negative effects on the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system and the related best estimate of our asbestos liability, and these effects do not move in a linear fashion but rather change over multi-year periods. In our view, the forecast period used to provide the best estimate for asbestos claims and related liabilities and costs is a judgment based upon a number of trend factors, including the number and type of claims being filed each year; the jurisdictions where such claims are filed, and the effect of any legislation or judicial orders in such jurisdictions restricting the types of claims that can proceed to trial on the merits; and the likelihood of any comprehensive asbestos legislation at the federal level. Accordingly, we continue to monitor these trend factors over time and periodically assesses whether an alternative forecast period is appropriate.

With the assistance of HR&A, effective as of December 31, 2016, we extended our estimate of the asbestos liability, including the costs of settlement or indemnity payments and defense costs relating to currently pending claims and future claims
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

projected to be filed against us through the generally accepted end point of such claims in 2059. Our previous estimate was for asbestos claims filed or projected to be filed through 2021. Our estimate of the asbestos liability for pending and future claims through 2059 is based on the projected future asbestos costs resulting from our experience using a range of reference periods for claims filed, settled and dismissed. Based on this estimate, we recorded an additional liability of $227 million (an aggregate asbestos liability of $696 million) as of December 31, 2016. Estimation
Management has made its best estimate of the costs through 2059 based on the analysis by HR&A completed in January 2017. Through December 31, 2017, our exposureactual experience during the updated reference period for asbestos-relatedmesothelioma claims is subjectfiled and dismissed generally approximated the assumptions in our liability estimate. In addition to this claims experience, we considered additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variablesappellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. Based on this evaluation, we determined that can affectno change in the timing, severity and quantity of claims andestimate was warranted for the manner of their resolution. period ended December 31, 2017.
In conjunction with developing the aggregate liability estimate referenced above, we also developed an estimate of probable insurance recoveries for our asbestos liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, we had an aggregate asbestos insurance receivable of $143

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

$143 million. In developing this estimate, we considered our coverage-in-place and other settlement agreements, as well as a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. The insurance receivable was $115 million as of December 31, 2017.
Environmental.  For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 20162017 is substantially all for the Goodyear Site. Estimates of our environmental liabilities at the Goodyear Site are based on currently available facts, present laws and regulations and current technology available for remediation, and are recorded on an undiscounted basis. These estimates consider our prior experience in the Goodyear Site investigation and remediation, as well as available data from, and in consultation with, our environmental specialists. Estimates at the Goodyear Site are subject to significant uncertainties caused primarily by the dynamic nature of the Goodyear Site conditions, the range of remediation alternatives available, together with the corresponding estimates of cleanup methodology and costs, as well as ongoing, required regulatory approvals, primarily from the EPA. During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision amendment requiring, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0$49 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the total estimated gross liability for the Goodyear Site was $49$41 million.
On July 31, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site.
Pension Plans.  In the United States,U.S., we sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers approximately 18%17% of all U.S. employees. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation on a final average pay basis, except for certain hourly employees where benefits are fixed per year of service. This plan is funded with a trustee in respect to past and current service. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary. Contributions are intended to provide for future benefits earned to date. A number of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover approximately 11%12% of all non-U.S. employees. The benefits are typically based upon years of service and compensation. These plans are generally funded with trustees in respect to past and current service.
The expected return on plan assets component of net periodic benefit cost is determined by applying the assumed expected return on plan assets to the fair value of plan assets. For one of the U.K. pension plans, a market-related value of assets is used in lieu of the fair value of plan assets for this purpose. The net actuarial loss (gain) is amortized to the extent that it exceeds 10% of the greater of the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. The amortization period is the average life expectancy of plan participants for most plans. The amortization period for plans with a significant number of active participants accruing benefits is the average future working lifetime of plan participants. The prior service cost (credit) is amortized over the average future working lifetime of plan participants whose prior service benefits were changed.
The net periodic pension benefit was $8 million, $9 million and $11 million in 2017, 2016 and $12 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The net periodic pension benefit was $2$1 million less in 20162017 compared to 2015,2016, driven by lower discount rates for both U.S. and non U.S. plans. Employer cash contributions were $13 million, $8 million and $17 million in 2017, 2016 and $24 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, to our U.S. defined benefit pension plan. We expect, based on current actuarial calculations, to contribute cash of approximately $12$25 million to our pension plans in 2017.2018. Cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors including the investment performance of plan assets.
Holding all other factors constant, a decrease in the expected long-term rate of return of plan assets by 0.25 percentage points would have increased 20162017 pension expense by $1.0 million for U.S. pension plans and $1.0$1.2 million for non-U.S. pension plans. Also, holding all other factors constant, a decrease in the discount rate used to determine net periodic pension cost by 0.25 percentage points would have increased 20162017 pension expense by $0.1 million for U.S. pension plans and $0.5$0.6 million for non-U.S. pension plans.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following key assumptions were used to calculate the benefit obligation and net periodic cost for the periods indicated:
 Pension Benefits Pension Benefits
 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017
 2016
 2015
Benefit Obligations            
U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 4.29% 4.41% 4.10% 3.75% 4.29% 4.41%
Rate of compensation increase N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
Non-U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 2.29% 3.30% 3.01% 2.15% 2.29% 3.30%
Rate of compensation increase 2.85% 2.81% 2.40% 2.80% 2.85% 2.81%
Net Periodic Benefit Cost            
U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 4.41% 4.10% 4.90% 4.29% 4.41% 4.10%
Expected rate of return on plan assets 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75%
Rate of compensation increase N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
Non-U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 3.30% 3.01% 4.05% 2.29% 3.30% 3.01%
Expected rate of return on plan assets 6.77% 6.94% 7.01% 6.45% 6.77% 6.94%
Rate of compensation increase 2.81% 2.40% 2.56% 2.85% 2.81% 2.40%
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets assumptions were determined with input from independent investment consultants and plan actuaries, utilizing asset pricing models and considering historic returns. The discount rates we used for valuing pension liabilities are based on a review of high quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Information regarding new accounting pronouncements is included in Part II, Item 8 under Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Our cash flows and earnings are subject to fluctuations from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We manage our exposures to these market risks through internally established policies and procedures and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of interest-rate swap agreements and forward exchange contracts. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Total debt outstanding was $745$744 million as of December 31, 2016,2017, which was at fixed rates of interest ranging from 2.75% to 6.55%.
The following is an analysis of the potential changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates based upon sensitivity analysis that models effects of shifts in rates. These are not forecasts.
Our year-end portfolio is comprised of fixed-rate debt; therefore, the effect of a market change in interest rates would not be significant.
Based on a sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2016,2017, a 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates for the year ended December 31, 20162017 would have impacted our net earnings by approximately $6.2$6 million, due primarily to the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen. This calculation assumes that all currencies change in the same direction and proportion relative to the U.S. dollar and there are no indirect effects, such as changes in non-U.S. dollar sales volumes or prices.


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY
FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Crane Co. and subsidiaries have been prepared by management in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, in the judgment of management, present fairly and consistently the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows. These statements by necessity include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments and give due consideration to materiality.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.2017. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Internal Control—Integrated Framework, released in 2013. Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, audited the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016,2017, and issued their related attestation report which is included herein.


/s/ Max H. Mitchell
Max H. Mitchell
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Richard A. Maue
Richard A. Maue
Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
The Section 302 certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Principal Financial Officer have been filed as Exhibit 31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2017.




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Crane Co.
Stamford, CT
Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crane Co. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015, and2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and changes in equity, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. 2017, and the related notes and the schedules listed in the Index at Item 8 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with the applicable financial reporting framework, e.g., accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Crane Co. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Stamford, CT
February 27, 201726, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1979.



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended December 31,For the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)2016
 2015
 2014
2017 2016 2015
Net sales$2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
$2,786.0
 $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
Operating costs and expenses:          
Cost of sales1,758.3
 1,786.1
 1,908.7
1,770.9
 1,758.3
 1,786.1
Selling, general and administrative597.0
 566.5
 605.2
592.4
 597.0
 566.5
Asbestos provision192.4
 
 

 192.4
 
Environmental provision
 
 55.8
Transaction related charges7.8
 
 
Restructuring charges
 7.8
 29.2
13.0
 
 7.8
Acquisition integration related charges
 7.2
 9.8

 
 7.2
2,547.7
 2,367.6
 2,608.7
2,384.1
 2,547.7
 2,367.6
Operating profit200.3
 372.9
 316.3
401.9
 200.3
 372.9
Other income (expense):          
Interest income1.9
 1.9
 1.7
2.5
 1.9
 1.9
Interest expense(36.5) (37.6) (39.2)(36.1) (36.5) (37.6)
Miscellaneous (expense) income(1.6) (0.7) 2.4
Miscellaneous expense(0.8) (1.6) (0.7)
(36.2) (36.4) (35.1)(34.4) (36.2) (36.4)
Income before income taxes164.1
 336.5
 281.2
367.5
 164.1
 336.5
Provision for income taxes40.3
 106.5
 87.6
195.0
 40.3
 106.5
Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests123.8
 230.0
 193.6
172.5
 123.8
 230.0
Less: Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries’ earnings1.0
 1.1
 0.9
0.7
 1.0
 1.1
Net income attributable to common shareholders$122.8
 $228.9
 $192.7
$171.8
 $122.8
 $228.9
          
Basic earnings per share$2.10
 $3.94
 $3.28
$2.89
 $2.10
 $3.94
Weighted average basic shares outstanding58.5
 58.1
 58.7
59.4
 58.5
 58.1
          
Diluted earnings per share$2.07
 $3.89
 $3.23
$2.84
 $2.07
 $3.89
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding59.3
 58.8
 59.6
60.4
 59.3
 58.8
 














See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 For the year ended December 31, For the year ended December 31,
(in millions) 2016 2015 2014 2017 2016 2015
Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests $123.8
 $230.0
 $193.6
 $172.5
 $123.8
 $230.0
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax            
Currency translation adjustment (64.7) (70.1) (114.0) 86.9
 (64.7) (70.1)
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax benefit (35.2) (8.4) (136.5) 9.2
 (35.2) (8.4)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (99.9) (78.5) (250.5)
Comprehensive income (loss) before allocation to noncontrolling interests 23.9
 151.5
 (56.9)
Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss) 1.0
 1.1
 0.9
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders $22.9
 $150.4
 $(57.8)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 96.1
 (99.9) (78.5)
Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests 268.6
 23.9
 151.5
Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income 0.7
 1.0
 1.1
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders $267.9
 $22.9
 $150.4



























See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 Balance as of December 31, Balance as of December 31,
(in millions, except shares and per share data) 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Assets        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $509.7
 $363.5
 $706.2
 $509.7
Current insurance receivable — asbestos 18.0
 20.5
 25.0
 18.0
Accounts receivable, net 396.4
 397.6
 418.4
 396.4
Inventories 342.5
 376.9
 349.3
 342.5
Current deferred tax assets 29.6
 27.5
 
 29.6
Other current assets 19.5
 17.5
 19.6
 19.5
Total current assets 1,315.7
 1,203.5
 1,518.5
 1,315.7
Property, plant and equipment, net 278.9
 276.0
 282.4
 278.9
Insurance receivable — asbestos 125.2
 108.7
 90.1
 125.2
Long-term deferred tax assets 181.8
 162.4
 104.2
 181.8
Other assets 95.0
 101.3
 114.6
 95.0
Intangible assets, net 282.2
 317.1
 276.8
 282.2
Goodwill 1,149.2
 1,167.9
 1,206.9
 1,149.2
Total assets $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,593.5
 $3,428.0
Liabilities and equity        
Current liabilities:        
Short-term borrowings $
 $49.6
Current maturities of long-term debt $249.4
 $
Accounts payable 223.2
 223.3
 247.4
 223.2
Current asbestos liability 71.0
 75.0
 85.0
 71.0
Accrued liabilities 223.1
 218.6
 252.1
 223.1
U.S. and foreign taxes on income 3.5
 6.3
 3.6
 3.5
Total current liabilities 520.8
 572.8
 837.5
 520.8
Long-term debt 745.3
 744.6
 494.1
 745.3
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits 249.1
 235.4
 240.5
 249.1
Long-term deferred tax liability 42.4
 50.0
 44.9
 42.4
Long-term asbestos liability 624.9
 470.5
 520.3
 624.9
Other liabilities 99.8
 112.8
 107.7
 99.8
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10) 
 
Equity    
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11) 
 
Equity:    
Preferred shares, par value $.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized 
 
 
 
Common shares, par value $1.00; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 72,426,139 shares issued; 58,964,859 shares outstanding (58,109,037 in 2015) 72.4
 72.4
Common shares, par value $1.00; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 72,426,139 shares issued; 59,411,636 shares outstanding (58,964,859 in 2016) 72.4
 72.4
Capital surplus 276.9
 263.6
 291.7
 276.9
Retained earnings 1,719.9
 1,674.3
 1,813.3
 1,719.9
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (476.1) (376.7) (380.1) (476.1)
Treasury stock; 13,461,280 treasury shares (14,317,102 in 2015) (459.3) (494.2)
Treasury stock; 13,014,503 treasury shares (13,461,280 in 2016) (452.1) (459.3)
Total shareholders’ equity 1,133.8
 1,139.4
 1,345.2
 1,133.8
Noncontrolling interest 11.9
 11.4
 3.3
 11.9
Total equity 1,145.7
 1,150.8
 1,348.5
 1,145.7
Total liabilities and equity $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,593.5
 $3,428.0
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For year ended December 31,For year ended December 31,
(in millions)2016
 2015
 2014
2017 2016 2015
Operating activities:          
Net income attributable to common shareholders$122.8
 $228.9
 $192.7
$171.8
 $122.8
 $228.9
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries' earnings1.0
 1.1
 0.9
0.7
 1.0
 1.1
Net income before allocations to noncontrolling interests123.8
 230.0
 193.6
172.5
 123.8
 230.0
Asbestos Provision192.4
 
 
Environmental provision
 
 55.8
Gain on divestiture
 
 (4.1)
Asbestos provision
 192.4
 
Gain on deconsolidation of joint venture(1.0) 
 
Gain on sale of property related to facility consolidation(11.1) 
 
Restructuring - Non Cash
 2.0
 1.0

 
 2.0
Depreciation and amortization67.4
 67.0
 75.8
72.7
 67.4
 67.0
Stock-based compensation expense21.7
 21.3
 20.9
21.8
 21.7
 21.3
Defined benefit plans and postretirement credit(9.1) (11.6) (11.5)(8.5) (9.1) (11.6)
Deferred income taxes(25.1) 39.7
 37.9
102.3
 (25.1) 39.7
Cash provided by (used for) operating working capital27.0
 (16.1) 22.5
54.0
 27.0
 (16.1)
Defined benefit plans and postretirement contributions(8.8) (17.9) (25.5)(13.2) (8.8) (17.9)
Environmental payments, net of reimbursements(11.6) (18.2) (10.4)(6.3) (11.6) (18.2)
Payments for asbestos-related fees and costs, net of insurance recoveries(56.0) (49.9) (61.3)(62.5) (56.0) (49.9)
Other(3.6) (17.0) (30.7)(3.2) (3.6) (17.0)
Total provided by operating activities318.1
 229.3
 264.0
317.5
 318.1
 229.3
          
Investing activities:          
Capital expenditures(51.5) (39.6) (43.7)(49.0) (51.5) (39.6)
Proceeds from disposition of capital assets0.9
 4.4
 9.7
22.3
 0.9
 4.4
Proceeds from divestitures
 
 2.1
Proceeds from acquisitions
 
 6.1
Impact of deconsolidation of joint ventures(5.2) 
 
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired(54.8) 
 
Total used for investing activities(50.6) (35.2) (25.8)(86.7) (50.6) (35.2)
          
Financing activities:          
Dividends paid(77.2) (76.6) (73.9)(78.4) (77.2) (76.6)
Reacquisition of shares on open market
 (25.0) (50.0)(25.0) 
 (25.0)
Stock options exercised - net of shares reacquired26.4
 8.9
 8.2
25.2
 26.4
 8.9
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
 0.1
 7.7

 
 0.1
Repayment of credit facility
 (100.0) (25.0)
 
 (100.0)
(Repayments) proceeds from issuance of commercial paper - net(49.6) 48.8
 

 (49.6) 48.8
Debt issuance costs(2.6) 
 
Total used for financing activities(100.4) (143.8) (133.0)(80.8) (100.4) (143.8)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(20.9) (33.1) (29.5)46.5
 (20.9) (33.1)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents146.2
 17.2
 75.7
196.5
 146.2
 17.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period363.5
 346.3
 270.6
509.7
 363.5
 346.3
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$509.7
 $363.5
 $346.3
$706.2
 $509.7
 $363.5
          
Detail of cash provided by (used for) working capital:          
Accounts receivable$(6.2) $(2.4) $25.2
$(10.1) $(6.2) $(2.4)
Inventories24.9
 (23.0) (17.3)6.4
 24.9
 (23.0)
Other current assets(2.4) (3.0) 1.8
0.8
 (2.4) (3.0)
Accounts payable5.5
 3.3
 7.7
17.5
 5.5
 3.3
Accrued liabilities9.6
 6.1
 2.7
30.8
 9.6
 6.1
U.S. and foreign taxes on income(4.4) 2.9
 2.4
8.6
 (4.4) 2.9
Total$27.0
 $(16.1) $22.5
$54.0
 $27.0
 $(16.1)
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:          
Interest paid$36.8
 $37.5
 $39.4
$36.0
 $36.8
 $37.5
Income taxes paid$69.8
 $51.1
 $39.6
$84.1
 $69.8
 $51.1
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
 
(in millions, except share data)Common
Shares
Issued at
Par Value

 Capital
Surplus

 Retained
Earnings

 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 Treasury
Stock

 Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 Noncontrolling
Interest

 Total
Equity

Common
Shares
Issued at
Par Value
 Capital
Surplus
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Treasury
Stock
 Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 Noncontrolling
Interest
 Total
Equity
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 201372.4
 $228.5
 $1,403.2
 $(48.7) $(451.2) $1,204.3
 $10.3
 $1,214.6
Net income    192.7
     192.7
 0.9
 193.6
Cash dividends ($1.26 per share)    (73.9)     (73.9)   (73.9)
Reacquisition on open market 812,793 shares        (50.0) (50.0)   (50.0)
Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired, 606,486        16.0
 16.0
   16.0
Stock option amortization  8.9
       8.9
   8.9
Tax benefit — stock options and restricted stock  7.7
       7.7
   7.7
Restricted stock, net  4.1
     0.1
 4.2
   4.2
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax      (136.5)   (136.5)   (136.5)
Currency translation adjustment      (113.6)   (113.6) (0.4) $(114.0)
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 201472.4
 $249.2
 $1,522.0
 $(298.8) $(485.1) $1,059.8
 $10.8
 $1,070.6
72.4
 $249.2
 $1,522.0
 $(298.8) $(485.1) $1,059.8
 $10.8
 $1,070.6
Net income    228.9
     228.9
 1.1
 230.0
    228.9
     228.9
 1.1
 230.0
Cash dividends ($1.32 per share)    (76.6)     (76.6)   (76.6)    (76.6)     (76.6)   (76.6)
Reacquisition on open market 398,095 shares        (25.0) (25.0)   (25.0)        (25.0) (25.0)   (25.0)
Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired, 302,521        11.1
 11.1
   11.1
        11.1
 11.1
   11.1
Stock option amortization  7.8
       7.8
   7.8
  7.8
       7.8
   7.8
Tax benefit — stock options and restricted stock  0.1
       0.1
   0.1
  0.1
       0.1
   0.1
Restricted stock, net  6.5
     4.8
 11.3
   11.3
  6.5
     4.8
 11.3
   11.3
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax      (8.4)   (8.4)   (8.4)      (8.4)   (8.4)   (8.4)
Currency translation adjustment      (69.6)   (69.6) (0.5) (70.1)      (69.6)   (69.6) (0.5) (70.1)
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 201572.4
 $263.6
 $1,674.3
 $(376.7) $(494.2) $1,139.4
 $11.4
 $1,150.8
72.4
 $263.6
 $1,674.3
 $(376.7) $(494.2) $1,139.4
 $11.4
 $1,150.8
Net income    122.8
     122.8
 1.0
 $123.8
    122.8
     122.8
 1.0
 $123.8
Cash dividends ($1.32 per share)    (77.2)     (77.2)   (77.2)    (77.2)     (77.2)   (77.2)
Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired, 681,173        30.4
 30.4
   30.4
        30.4
 30.4
   30.4
Stock option amortization  6.3
       6.3
   6.3
  6.3
       6.3
   6.3
Restricted stock, net  7.0
     4.5
 11.5
   11.5
  7.0
     4.5
 11.5
   11.5
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax      (35.2)   (35.2)   (35.2)      (35.2)   (35.2)   (35.2)
Currency translation adjustment      (64.2)   (64.2) (0.5) (64.7)      (64.2)   (64.2) (0.5) (64.7)
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 201672.4
 $276.9
 $1,719.9
 $(476.1) $(459.3) $1,133.8
 $11.9
 $1,145.7
72.4
 $276.9
 $1,719.9
 $(476.1) $(459.3) $1,133.8
 $11.9
 $1,145.7
Net income    171.8
     171.8
 0.7
 172.5
Cash dividends ($1.32 per share)    (78.4)     (78.4)   (78.4)
Reacquisition on open market 331,632 shares        (25.0) (25.0)   (25.0)
Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired, 620,927        30.6
 30.6
   30.6
Stock option amortization  6.1
       6.1
   6.1
Restricted stock, net  8.7
     1.6
 10.3
   10.3
Deconsolidation of a joint venture          
 (9.4) (9.4)
Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax      9.2
   9.2
   9.2
Currency translation adjustment      86.8
   86.8
 0.1
 86.9
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 201772.4
 $291.7
 $1,813.3
 $(380.1) $(452.1) $1,345.2
 $3.3
 $1,348.5












See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations
Crane Co. (the “Company”) is a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products comprised of four reporting segments: Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials. Its'The primary markets are chemicals, power, oil & gas, power, automated payment solutions, banknote design and production and aerospace & defense, along with a wide range of general industrial and consumer related end markets.
See Note 12,13, “Segment Information” for the relative size of these segments in relation to the total company (both net sales and total assets).
Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals the Company provides, and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.
Significant Accounting Policies
Accounting PrinciplesPrinciples. The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Reclassifications of certain prior year amounts have been made to conform to the current year presentation.
Use of EstimatesEstimates. These accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimated. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. Estimates are used when accounting for such items as asset valuations, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, impairment assessments, reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, reserve for warranty provision, restructuring provisions, employee benefits, taxes, asbestos liability and related insurance receivable, environmental liability and contingencies.
Currency TranslationTranslation.  Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that prepare financial statements in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date; results of operations are translated at the monthly average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The related translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in a separate component of equity.
Revenue RecognitionRecognition.  Revenue is recorded when title (risk of loss) passes to the customer and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue on long-term, fixed-price contracts is recorded on a percentage of completion basis using units of delivery as the measurement basis for progress toward completion. Sales under cost reimbursement type contracts are recorded as costs are incurred.
Cost of Goods SoldSold.  Cost of goods sold includes the costs of inventory sold and the related purchase and distribution costs. In addition to material, labor and direct overhead and inventoried cost, cost of goods sold include allocations of other expenses that are part of the production process, such as inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, amortization of production related intangible assets and depreciation expense. The Company also includes costs directly associated with products sold, such as warranty provisions.
Selling, General and Administrative ExpensesExpenses.  Selling, general and administrative expense isexpenses are charged to income as incurred. Such expenses include the costs of promoting and selling products and include such items as compensation, advertising, sales commissions and travel. Also included are costs related to compensation for other operating activities such as executive office administrative and engineering functions, as well as general operating expenses such as office supplies, non-income taxes, insurance and office equipment rentals.
Income TaxesTaxes.  The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income taxes is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Based on consideration of all available evidence regarding their utilization, the Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

likely than not that some amount of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, the Company establishes a valuation allowance for the amount that, in management's judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The evidence the Company considers in reaching such conclusions includes, but is not limited to, (1) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, (3) taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law, (4) cumulative losses in recent years, (5) a history of tax losses or credit carryforwards expiring unused, (6) a carryback or carryforward period that is so brief it limits realization of tax benefits, and (7) a strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the carryforward and support showing that the loss is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.
The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line of its Consolidated Statement of Operations, while accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line of its Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
In determining whether the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries are permanently reinvested overseas, the Company considers the following:

Its history of utilizing non-U.S. cash to acquire non-U.S. businesses,
Its current and future needs for cash outside the U.S. (e.g., to fund capital expenditures, business operations, potential acquisitions, etc.),
Its ability to satisfy U.S.-based cash needs (e.g., domestic pension contributions, interest payment on external debt, dividends to shareholders, etc.) with cash generated by its U.S. businesses, and
The effect U.S. tax reform proposals calling for reduced corporate income tax rates and/or “repatriation” tax holidays would have on the amount of the tax liability.
Earnings Per ShareShare.  The Company’s basic earnings per share calculations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Shares of restricted stock are included in the computation of both basic and diluted earnings per share. Potentially dilutive securities include outstanding stock options, restricted share units, deferred stock units and performance-based restricted share units. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted earnings per common share by application of the treasury method. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the year.
(in millions, except per share data) For the year ended December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
      
Net income attributable to common shareholders $122.8
 $228.9
 $192.7
 $171.8
 $122.8
 $228.9
            
Weighted average basic shares outstanding 58.5
 58.1
 58.7
 59.4
 58.5
 58.1
Effect of dilutive stock options 0.8
 0.7
 0.9
 1.0
 0.8
 0.7
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding 59.3
 58.8
 59.6
 60.4
 59.3
 58.8
            
Earnings per basic share $2.10
 $3.94
 $3.28
 $2.89
 $2.10
 $3.94
Earnings per diluted share $2.07
 $3.89
 $3.23
 $2.84
 $2.07
 $3.89
The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the effect of the potential exercise of stock options when the average market price of the common stock is lower than the exercise price of the related stock options. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, 0.4 million, 0.9 million and 1.1 million average options were excluded, respectively.
Cash and Cash EquivalentsEquivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accounts ReceivableReceivable.  Receivables are carried at net realizable value.
A summary of allowance for doubtful accounts activity follows:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Balance at beginning of year $4.7
 $4.9
 $4.8
 $7.3
 $4.7
 $4.9
Provisions 6.1
 3.0
 3.7
 2.2
 6.1
 3.0
Deductions (3.5) (3.2) (3.6) (2.3) (3.5) (3.2)
Balance at end of year $7.3
 $4.7
 $4.9
 $7.2
 $7.3
 $4.7
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and relatively small account balances within the majority of the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across different businesses. The Company periodically evaluates the financial strength of its customers and believes that its credit risk exposure is limited.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

InventoriesInventories.  Inventories consist of the following:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Finished goods $97.7
 $102.3
 $101.1
 $97.7
Finished parts and subassemblies 38.2
 46.9
 46.1
 38.2
Work in process 56.0
 60.7
 51.6
 56.0
Raw materials 150.6
 167.0
 150.5
 150.6
Total inventories $342.5
 $376.9
 $349.3
 $342.5
Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Domestic inventories are stated at either the lower of cost or marketnet realizable value using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method or the lower of cost or marketnet realizable value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories held in foreign locations are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. The LIFO method is not being used at the Company’s foreign locations as such a method is not allowable for tax purposes. Changes in the levels of LIFO inventories have increased cost of sales by $0.4 million, reduced cost of sales by $1.8 million and reduced cost of sales by $1.5 million and increased cost of sales by $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015, respectively. The portion of inventories costed using the LIFO method was 34%32% and 29%34% of consolidated inventories as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively. If inventories that were valued using the LIFO method had been valued under the FIFO method, they would have been higher by $13.3$13.6 million and $14.3$13.3 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 20152016, respectively. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $54.1$57.9 million and $48.5$54.1 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment, netnet.  Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following: 
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Land $66.6
 $68.8
 $62.7
 $66.6
Buildings and improvements 193.5
 174.7
 183.4
 193.5
Machinery and equipment 566.8
 566.0
 593.3
 566.8
Gross property, plant and equipment 826.9
 809.5
 839.4
 826.9
Less: accumulated depreciation 548.0
 533.5
 557.0
 548.0
Property, plant and equipment, net $278.9
 $276.0
 $282.4
 $278.9
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from 10 to 25 years for buildings and improvements and three to ten years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense was $41.0 million, $40.2 million $39.1 million and $41.7$39.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015, respectively.
Goodwill and Intangible AssetsAssets.  The Company’s business acquisitions have typically resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company follows the provisions under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in the consolidated financial statements.Consolidated Financial Statements. These provisions require that the Company, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if an impairment has occurred. The Company performs its annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in status that would indicate a potential impairment. The Company believes that there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value for its reporting units below its carrying value. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a “component”), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company had seven reporting units.
When performing its annual impairment assessment, the Company compares the fair value of each of its reporting units to its respective carrying value. Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established primarily by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital which varies for each reporting unit and which, as of the Company’s most recent annual impairment assessment, ranged between 9.0%10.0% and 12.0%13.0% (a weighted average of 10.5%11.0%), reflecting the respective inherent business risk of each of the reporting units tested. This methodology for valuing the Company’s reporting units (commonly referred to as the Income Method) has not changed since the adoption of the provisions under ASC 350. The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions. Profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

management judgment is necessary in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. In addition to the foregoing, for each reporting unit, market multiples are used to corroborate its discounted cash flow results where fair value is estimated based on earnings multiples determined by available public information of comparable businesses. While the Company believes it has made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may then be determined to be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings. Furthermore, in order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test performed during the fourth quarter of 2016,2017, the Company applied a hypothetical, reasonably possible 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit. The effects of this hypothetical 10% decrease would still result in the fair value calculation exceeding the carrying value for each reporting unit. No impairment charges have been required during 2017, 2016 2015 or 2014.2015.
Changes to goodwill are as follows:
(in millions)Fluid HandlingPayment & Merchandising TechnologiesAerospace & ElectronicsEngineered MaterialsTotalFluid HandlingPayment & Merchandising TechnologiesAerospace & ElectronicsEngineered MaterialsTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2014$227.3
$589.9
$202.7
$171.5
$1,191.3
Balance as of December 31, 2015$218.7
$575.2
$202.6
$171.4
$1,167.9
Currency translation(8.6)(14.7)(0.1)(0.1)(23.4)(6.4)(11.9)(0.3)(0.1)(18.7)
Balance at December 31, 2015$218.7
$575.2
$202.6
$171.4
$1,167.9
Balance at December 31, 2016$212.3
$563.3
$202.3
$171.3
$1,149.2
Additions22.6
8.9


31.5
Currency translation(6.4)(11.9)(0.3)(0.1)(18.7)10.5
15.5
0.1
0.1
26.2
Balance as of December 31, 2016$212.3
$563.3
$202.3
$171.3
$1,149.2
Balance as of December 31, 2017$245.4
$587.7
$202.4
$171.4
$1,206.9

ChangesFor the year ended December 31, 2017, additions to intangible assets are as follows:
(in millions) December 31,2016
 2015
2014
Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization$317.1
 $353.5
$408.9
Amortization expense(30.7) (31.5)(37.9)
Currency translation and other(4.2) (4.9)(17.5)
Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization$282.2
 $317.1
$353.5
goodwill represent the purchase price allocation related to the April 2017 acquisition of Westlock and the June 2017 acquisition of Microtronic. See discussion in Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for further details.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company had $282.2$276.8 million of net intangible assets, of which $27.0$28.7 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names. Intangibles with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. The Company amortizes the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives.
In addition to annual testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company reviews all of its definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the definite-lived intangible asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups and include estimated future revenues, gross profit margins, operating profit margins and capital expenditures which are based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent the Company's best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the definite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired and a charge would be taken against net earnings based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. Judgments that the Company makes which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of definite-lived assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets, and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of definite-lived intangible assets, there is risk that the carrying value of the Company's definite-lived intangible assets may require adjustment in future periods. Historical results to date have generally approximated expected cash flows for the identifiable cash flow generating level. The Company believes there have been no

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of its indefinite-lived or definite-lived intangible assets below their carrying value.
Changes to intangible assets are as follows:
(in millions) December 31,2017 20162015
Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization$282.2
 $317.1
$353.5
Additions18.2
 

Amortization expense(30.9) (30.7)(31.5)
Currency translation and other7.3
 (4.2)(4.9)
Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization$276.8
 $282.2
$317.1
For the year ended December 31, 2017, additions to intangible assets represent the purchase price allocation related to the April 2017 acquisition of Westlock and the June 2017 acquisition of Microtronic. See discussion in Note 2, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for further details.
A summary of intangible assets follows:
(in millions)
Weighted Average
Amortization Period of Finite Lived Assets (in years)
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Weighted Average
Amortization Period of Finite Lived Assets (in years)
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Gross
Asset

 
Accumulated
Amortization

 Net
 
Gross
Asset

 
Accumulated
Amortization

 Net
Gross
Asset

 
Accumulated
Amortization

 Net
 
Gross
Asset

 
Accumulated
Amortization

 Net
Intellectual property rights16.4 $86.4
 $52.1
 $34.3
 $88.3
 $51.4
 $36.9
15.8 $91.7
 $54.8
 $36.9
 $86.4
 $52.1
 $34.3
Customer relationships and backlog15.7 388.9
 153.4
 235.5
 395.7
 132.9
 262.8
15.6 414.7
 183.4
 231.3
 388.9
 153.4
 235.5
Drawings37.9 11.1
 10.3
 0.8
 11.1
 10.1
 1.1
37.9 11.1
 10.4
 0.7
 11.1
 10.3
 0.8
Other13.0 60.3
 48.7
 11.6
 61.8
 45.4
 16.4
13.0 61.8
 53.9
 7.9
 60.3
 48.7
 11.6
Total16.0 $546.7
 $264.5
 $282.2
 $556.9
 $239.8
 $317.1
15.8 $579.3
 $302.5
 $276.8
 $546.7
 $264.5
 $282.2
Future amortization expense associated with intangibles is expected to be:
Year (in millions) 
2017$28.7
Year(in millions)
201826.1
$28.9
201923.4
26.2
202020.3
22.0
2021 and after156.7
202119.6
2022 and after151.4
Valuation of Long-Lived AssetsAssets.  The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the long-lived asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the long-lived asset is considered impaired and a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. Judgments that the Company makes which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets, and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of long-lived assets, there is risk that the carrying value of the Company's long-lived assets may require adjustment in future periods.
 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial InstrumentsInstruments.  The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company periodically uses forward foreign exchange contracts as economic hedges of anticipated transactions and firm purchase and sale commitments. These contracts are marked to fair value on a current basis and the respective gains and losses are recognized in other income (expense). The Company also periodically enters into interest-rate swap agreements to moderate its exposure to interest rate changes. Interest-rate swaps are agreements to exchange fixed and variable rate payments based on the notional principal amounts. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for qualifying cash flow hedges.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The tables below provide the accumulated balances for each classification of accumulated other comprehensive loss, as reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 (in millions)Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Items*  Currency Translation Adjustment  Total
       
Balance as of December 31, 2015$(266.2) $(110.6) $(376.7)
 Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(42.3) (64.2) (106.5)
 Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)7.1
 $
 7.1
Net period other comprehensive income (loss)(35.2) (64.2) (99.4)
Balance as of December 31, 2016$(301.3) $(174.8) $(476.1)

 (in millions)Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Items*  Currency Translation Adjustment  Total
       
Balance as of December 31, 2016$(301.3) $(174.8) $(476.1)
 Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
 86.8
 86.8
 Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)9.2
 
 9.2
Net period other comprehensive (loss) income9.2
 86.8
 96.0
Balance as of December 31, 2017$(292.1) $(88.0) $(380.1)
(in millions)Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Items*  Currency Translation Adjustment  Total(in millions)Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Items*  Currency Translation Adjustment  Total
            
Balance as of December 31, 2014$(257.8) $(41.0) $(298.8)
Balance as of December 31, 2015Balance as of December 31, 2015$(266.2) $(110.6) $(376.7)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(16.3) (69.6) (85.9)Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(42.3) (64.2) (106.5)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)7.9
 
 7.9
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)7.1
 
 7.1
Net period other comprehensive lossNet period other comprehensive loss(8.4) (69.6) (78.0)Net period other comprehensive loss(35.2) (64.2) (99.4)
Balance as of December 31, 2015$(266.2) $(110.6) $(376.7)
Balance as of December 31, 2016Balance as of December 31, 2016$(301.3) $(174.8) $(476.1)
 * Net of tax benefit of $115.8, $119.8 and $109.8 for 2017, 2016, and $114.4 for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The table below illustrates the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 20162017 and 2015.2016.
Details of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Components (in millions) Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Affected Line Item in the Statements of Operations Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Affected Line Item in the Statements of Operations
December 31, 2016 2015  2017 2016 
Amortization of defined benefit pension items:          
Prior-service costs $(0.6) $(0.4) ($0.8) and ($0.5) have been recorded within Cost of Sales for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $0.2 and $.01 have been recorded within Selling, General & Administrative for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively $(0.6) $(0.6) ($0.8) has been recorded within Cost of Sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and $0.2 has been recorded within Selling, General & Administrative for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Net loss 11.3
 12.3
 $15.3 and $16.7 have been recorded within Cost of Sales for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and ($4.0) and ($4.4) have been recorded within Selling, General & Administrative for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively 14.3
 11.3
 $19.4 and $15.3 have been recorded within Cost of Sales for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively and ($5.1) and ($4.0) have been recorded within Selling, General & Administrative for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Amortization of other postretirement items:          
Prior-service costs (0.2) (0.2) Recorded within Selling, General & Administrative (0.2) (0.2) Recorded within Selling, General & Administrative
Net gain (0.3) (0.4) Recorded within Selling, General & Administrative (0.3) (0.3) Recorded within Selling, General & Administrative
          
 $10.2
 $11.3
 Total before tax $13.2
 $10.2
 Total before tax
 3.1
 3.4
 Tax benefit 4.0
 3.1
 Tax benefit
Total reclassifications for the period $7.1
 $7.9
 Net of tax $9.2
 $7.1
 Net of tax

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - Not Yet Adopted as of December 31, 2017
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance to allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA").  This amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating whether to adopt the amended guidance and, if so, the impact that it will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost
In March 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance to improve the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The amended guidance requires the disaggregation of the service cost component from the other components of net periodic benefit costs and present it with other current compensation costs for related employees in the income statement, and present the other components elsewhere in the income statement and outside of income from operations if that subtotal is presented. This amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2018 using the retrospective method. The adoption of this standard will result in a reclassification of the non-service cost components of net benefit cost from cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses to other income (expense). The adoption of this standard will not impact consolidated net income, the consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of cash flows.
Restricted Cash
In November 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance to address diversity in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The amended guidance requires restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be classified in the statements of cash flows as cash and cash equivalents. This amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, using a retrospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expectadopted the new standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of the amended guidance tothis standard will not have a material impact on itsto the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes on Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets
In October 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance related to the recognition of income taxes resulting from intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. The guidance requires companies to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Income tax effects of intra-entity transfers of inventory will continue to be deferred until the inventory has been sold to a third party. This amended guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods, using a modified retrospective approach, with the cumulative effect recognized through retained earnings at the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating when to adoptadopted the new standard andon January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact to the impact the amended guidance will have on itsCompany’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.statements.
Cash Flow Simplification
In August 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance that clarifies how companies present and classify certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, entities must apply the guidance retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating when to adoptadopted the new standard andon January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact to the impact the amended guidance will have on itsCompany’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance that changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected loss” model that will replace today’s “incurred loss” model and generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to current practice, except that the losses will be recognized as an allowance. This amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018 is permitted. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first effective reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating when to adopt the new standard, and the impactdoes not expect that the amended guidance will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on accounting for leases.  The amended guidance requires the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases by lessees with the exception of short-term leases and amends disclosure requirements associated with leasing arrangements.  The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 using a modified retrospective transition approach.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating when to adopt the new standard, and the impact that the amended guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes
In November 2015, the FASB issued amended guidance to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments require deferred tax liabilities and assets to be classified as noncurrent. The amended guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The amended guidance will not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows, but will affect the presentation of deferred income taxes on its consolidated balance sheets.
Inventory
In July 2015, the FASB issued amended guidance, which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost and net realizable value. The guidance defines net realizable value as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The new guidance must be applied on a prospective basis and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years. The Company does not expect the amended guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard will replace all current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate all current industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In July 2015, the FASB agreed to a one-year deferral of the effective date; the new standard is now effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early
Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new standard using the modified retrospective transition method. A cumulative-effect adjustment to equity will be fully presented in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The adoption of the new revenue standard is permitted; however, entities reporting under U.S. GAAP areguidance will not permittedhave a material impact to adoptits consolidated financial statements (the Company expects this adjustment to retained earnings to be less than $10 million). During 2017, the standard earlier thanCompany completed its evaluation of the original effective date, which was for years beginning after December 15, 2016. The new standard, can be applied either retrospectivelyincluding the impact on its business processes, systems and controls, and differences in the timing and/or method of revenue recognition for its contracts. As a result of its evaluation, the Company identified changes to each prior period presented or retrospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment asand modified certain of the date of initial application.
its accounting policies and practices. The Company developed a project planalso designed and established a cross-functional implementation team consistingimplemented specific controls over its evaluation of representatives from across all of its business segments. The project plan includes analyzing the impact of the new standard, onincluding its contract portfolio by reviewingcalculation of the cumulative effect of adopting the new standard. Although there were no significant changes to its current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirementssystems or controls upon adoption of the new standard, the Company modified certain existing controls to incorporate the revisions the Company made to its revenue contracts. The Company has made significant progress on its contract reviewsaccounting policies and continues to evaluate the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements, related disclosures and transition method. While the Company anticipates potentially increased over time revenue recognition for certain revenue contracts, the Company does not believe the standard will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. The Company expects to adopt the standard as of January 1, 2018.practices.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Based on its evaluation of the new standard, the Company does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements in the periods after adoption. The majority of its revenues will continue to be recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the product. Revenue for certain contracts previously recognized at a point in time upon product delivery will now be recognized over time based on a cost to cost measure of progress.  This change generally results in an acceleration of revenue as compared with its previous revenue recognition method for those contracts.
The Company has evaluated the disclosure requirements and incorporated the collection of relevant data into its reporting process.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - Adopted

Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes
In November 2015, the FASB issued amended guidance to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments require deferred tax liabilities and assets to be classified as noncurrent. The amended guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis in the first quarter of 2017. Prior periods in its consolidated financial statements were not retrospectively adjusted.
Inventory
In July 2015, the FASB issued amended guidance, which changes the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost and net realizable value. The guidance defines net realizable value as estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The new guidance must be applied on a prospective basis and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of 2017. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Share-Based Payments
In March 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance related to employee share-based payment accounting. The amended guidance simplifies several aspects related to the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. This amended guidance iswas effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance in the fourth quarter of 2016. The primary impact of adoption was the recognition of excess tax benefits in itsthe provision for income taxes, rather than paid-in capital, of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash flows related to excess tax benefits for share-based payments are now included in the consolidated statements of cash flows as net operating activities rather than net financing activities. The changes have been applied prospectively and prior periods have not been adjusted. The presentation requirements for cash flows related to employee taxes paid for withheld shares had no impact to any of the periods presented on the consolidated statement of cash flows statements since such cash flows have historically been presented as a financing activity. Furthermore, the Company elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures of employee equity awards to determine the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in each period.
Presentation of Debt Issuance CostsOther Recently Issued Pronouncements
In April 2015,On December 22, 2017, the FASB issued amended guidanceU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) which allows registrants that do not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed to simplifycomplete the presentation of debt issuance costs. The amended guidanceaccounting for the TCJA to report provisional amounts in their SEC filings based on reasonable estimates.  Further, it provides a one year measurement period for registrants to complete their accounting for the TCJA.  If provisional amounts are recorded, SAB 118 requires debt issuance costsregistrants to include additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures in their SEC filings. Included in the Company's tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2017 are provisional amounts related to a recognized debt liability to be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendment was effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidanceTCJA.  Further detail and disclosures are discussed in the first quarter of 2016 and applied it retrospectively to prior periods. The impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements is summarized below:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 (in millions):
Financial Statement LineAs Previously ReportedAdjustments to Debt Issuance CostsAs Revised
Other assets$106.0
$(4.7)$101.3
Total assets3,341.6
(4.7)3,336.9
Long-term debt749.3
(4.7)744.6
Total liabilities and equity3,341.6
(4.7)3,336.9

Note 3, "Income Taxes".
Note 2 – Acquisitions and Divestitures
In January 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Crane & Co., Inc. (“Crane Currency”), a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features. See Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2017, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Westlock Controls (“Westlock”) from Emerson Electric Co. for cash consideration of $40.0 million. Westlock is a global leader in the manufacturing and sale of switchboxes, position

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

transmitters and other solutions for networking, monitoring and controlling process valves, a new product space which is closely adjacent to the Company’s existing operations in its Fluid Handling segment. With primary operations located in Saddle Brook, New Jersey, Westlock had 2016 sales of approximately $32.0 million. Allocation of the purchase price resulted in the Company recording goodwill of $22.6 million. Acquisition-related costs are being expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $2.0 million of transaction costs. This acquisition has been integrated into the Company’s Fluid Handling segment, and the pro-forma impact is not material.

In June 2017, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Microtronic AG (“Microtronic”) for cash consideration of approximately $18.0 million. With operations in Oensingen, Switzerland, Microtronic develops and manufactures closed electronic payment systems, primarily for the European vending market, strengthening the Company’s portfolio of cashless solutions. Allocation of the purchase price resulted in the Company recording goodwill of $8.9 million. Acquisition-related costs are being expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $1.0 million of transaction costs. This acquisition has been integrated into the Company’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, and the pro-forma impact is not material.

In December 2017, the Company sold a portion of an investment in a joint venture of which the Company's ownership interest was 70% within the Fluid Handling segment for $14.1 million. As of December 31, 2017, the Company's ownership interest in this joint venture was 4.9%. The sale resulted in the deconsolidation of such business and a gain in the amount of $1.0 million ($0.7 million after-tax) in 2017, of which $0.9 million was attributable to the remeasurement of the remaining investment. The fair value of the remaining investment in the joint venture of $2.3 million was established by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital of 10% reflecting the respective inherent business risk of the joint venture arrangement, commonly referred to as the Income Method. The total gain is included in Miscellaneous expense.



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 – Income Taxes
Impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
Enacted on December 22, 2017, the TCJA significantly changed U.S. corporate income tax law by reducing federal statutory tax rates from 35% to 21%, instituting a territorial tax system that provides a 100% exemption on future repatriations from certain foreign subsidiaries, and imposing a one-time transition tax on previously deferred non-U.S. earnings. The Company recorded a one-time charge of $87 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 primarily consisting of:
A re-measurement of the Company's net deferred tax assets due to a reduction in U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, totaling $75 million.
A one-time mandatory transition tax on previously deferred earnings of foreign subsidiaries and a reassessment of the Company's assertion regarding re-investment of its non-US subsidiaries' undistributed earnings, together totaling $12 million.
The Company calculated this $87 million charge based on its understanding of both the TCJA as drafted and interpretative guidance issued as of the time of this filing. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company considers the entire $87 million charge to be a provisional estimate. The TCJA includes provisions effective beginning on January 1, 2018, which include a tax on 50% of global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), which is income determined to be in excess of a specified routine rate of return, as well as a base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) aimed at preventing the erosion of the U.S. tax base. The Company continues to review GILTI and BEAT provisions and expects further guidance on the application of these provisions. The Company has not yet adopted an accounting policy as to whether the Company will treat taxes on GILTI as period costs or whether the Company will recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities when basis differences exist that are expected to affect the amount of GILTI inclusion upon reversal.
During 2018, the Company will gather outstanding information, further analyze its computations, and incorporate any guidance issued by U.S. federal, U.S. state or non-U.S. regulatory authorities related to the TCJA. The Company will record any changes to its provisional estimate in the quarter in which it completes its analysis, but no later than the quarter ending December 31, 2018.
Provision for Income Taxes
The Company’s income before taxes is as follows:
(in millions) For year ended December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
U.S. operations $63.5
 $261.9
 $141.8
Non-U.S. operations 100.6
 74.6
 139.4
Total $164.1
 $336.5
 $281.2

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions) For year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
U.S. operations $270.1
 $63.5
 $261.9
Non-U.S. operations 97.4
 100.6
 74.6
Total $367.5
 $164.1
 $336.5
The Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of: 
(in millions) For year ended December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
(in millions) For the year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
Current:            
U.S. federal tax $38.7
 $43.0
 $14.0
 $58.4
 $38.7
 $43.0
U.S. state and local tax 5.1
 5.4
 2.6
 5.0
 5.1
 5.4
Non-U.S. tax 21.6
 18.4
 33.1
 29.3
 21.6
 18.4
Total current 65.4
 66.8
 49.7
 92.7
 65.4
 66.8
Deferred:            
U.S. federal tax (28.0) 36.5
 30.1
 99.2
 (28.0) 36.5
U.S. state and local tax 1.5
 (0.4) 1.3
 0.1
 1.5
 (0.4)
Non-U.S. tax 1.4
 3.6
 6.5
 3.0
 1.4
 3.6
Total deferred (25.1) 39.7
 37.9
 102.3
 (25.1) 39.7
Total provision for income taxes $40.3
 $106.5
 $87.6
 $195.0
 $40.3
 $106.5

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:
(in millions) For year ended December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
(in millions) For the year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
Statutory U.S. federal tax rate 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
Increase (reduction) from:            
Income taxed at non-U.S. rates (7.4)% (2.0)% (4.0)% (0.5)% (7.4)% (2.0)%
Non-U.S. income inclusion, net of tax credits (1.0)%  % 0.1 % (1.6)% (1.0)%  %
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit 3.1 % 1.3 % 1.3 % 1.0 % 3.1 % 1.3 %
U.S. research and development tax credit (3.2)% (0.9)% (1.0)% (1.0)% (3.2)% (0.9)%
U.S. domestic manufacturing deduction (3.2)% (1.3)% (0.7)% (1.6)% (3.2)% (1.3)%
Enactment of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 23.8 %  %  %
Other 1.3 % (0.4)% 0.5 % (2.0)% 1.3 % (0.4)%
Effective tax rate 24.6 % 31.7 % 31.2 % 53.1 % 24.6 % 31.7 %
As ofAt December 31, 2016, the Company had not provided deferred taxes have not been provided onof $725 million of non-U.S. subsidiaries' undistributed earnings because the Company intendsintended to permanently reinvest these earnings outsideearnings. Due to the U.S. Determination100% tax exemption on certain foreign dividends provided by the TCJA, the Company has provisionally determined that it no longer plans to permanently reinvest its non-U.S. subsidiaries' earnings. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge of U.S.$3.8 million to reflect this change. In order to finalize this provisional deferred tax liability during 2018, the Company will (1) complete its analysis of the effects of the TCJA on the tax bases of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, (2) complete its computations related to non-U.S. withholding, corporate income, and distribution taxes, and non-U.S. withholding taxes due upon repatriation of this $725 million of earnings is not practicable because(3) analyze expected responses by U.S. states to the amount of such taxes depends upon circumstances existing in numerous taxing jurisdictions when the remittance occurs.TCJA.
The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries held cash of $464 million and $358 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and these balances are generally subject to U.S. income and non-U.S. withholding taxation upon repatriation.
The Company’s income taxes payable has been reduced by excess tax benefits from share-based compensation. For stock options, the Company receives an excess income tax benefit calculated as the tax effect of the difference between the fair market value of the stock at the time of grant and exercise. For restricted share units, the Company receives an excess income tax benefit calculated as the tax effect of the difference between the fair market value of the stock at the time of grant and vesting. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company adopted the FASB's amended guidance related to employee share-based payment accounting. The primary impact of adoption was the recognition of excess tax benefits in the Company's provision for income taxes rather than capital surplus. The Company had excess tax benefits from share-based compensation of $4.3 million, $0.4 million and $1.6 million in 2017, 2016 and $7.7 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, which were reflected as a reductionreductions in the Company's provision for income taxes in 2017 and 2016, and increasesan increase to the Company's capital surplus in 2015 and 2014, respectively.2015.
During 2017, 2016 and 2015, and 2014, tax provision (benefit) provision of $3.5 million, $(8.4) million, $4.6 million, and $(61.1)$4.6 million, respectively, related to changes in pension and post-retirement plan assets and benefit obligations, were recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income.loss.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowances
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Deferred tax assets:        
Asbestos-related liabilities $215.4
 $162.7
 $127.0
 $215.4
Tax loss and credit carryforwards 101.3
 105.6
 104.2
 101.3
Pension and post-retirement benefits 74.3
 69.1
 41.6
 74.3
Inventories 25.0
 23.5
 18.3
 25.0
Accrued bonus and stock-based compensation 16.9
 17.1
 11.5
 16.9
Environmental reserves 12.3
 16.0
 8.0
 12.3
Restructuring reserves 6.4
 3.0
Warranty 4.9
 8.0
Compensated Absences 4.8
 7.4
Other 36.7
 55.3
 
 18.3
Total 481.9
 449.3
 $326.7
 $481.9
Less: valuation allowance 148.2
 145.9
 123.0
 148.2
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance 333.7
 303.4
 $203.7
 $333.7
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Basis difference in fixed assets $(6.0) $(17.6)
Basis difference in intangible assets (147.2) (142.2) (116.9) (147.2)
Basis difference in fixed assets (17.6) (21.5)
Other (21.5) 
Total deferred tax liabilities (164.8) (163.7) $(144.4) $(164.8)
Net deferred tax asset $168.9
 $139.7
 $59.3
 $168.9
Balance sheet classification:        
Current deferred tax assets $29.6
 $27.5
 $
 $29.6
Long-term deferred tax assets 181.8
 162.4
 104.2
 181.8
Accrued liabilities (0.1) (0.2) 
 (0.1)
Long-term deferred tax liability (42.4) (50.0) (44.9) (42.4)
Net deferred tax asset $168.9
 $139.7
 $59.3
 $168.9
As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company had U.S. federal, U.S. state and non-U.S. tax loss and credit carryforwards that will expire, if unused, as follows:
(in millions)
Year of expiration
 U.S.
Federal
Tax
Credits

 U.S.
Federal
Tax
Losses

 U.S.
State
Tax
Credits

 U.S.
State
Tax
Losses

 Non-
U.S.
Tax
Losses

 Total
 U.S.
Federal
Tax
Credits
 U.S.
Federal
Tax
Losses
 U.S.
State
Tax
Credits
 U.S.
State
Tax
Losses
 Non-
U.S.
Tax
Losses
 Total
2017-2021 $18.5
 $0.2
 $4.0
 $33.5
 $49.8
  
After 2021 1.5
 1.0
 2.0
 824.5
 9.2
  
2018-2022 $
 $
 $3.6
 $43.3
 $48.8
  
After 2022 2.2
 1.0
 1.8
 808.3
 4.5
  
Indefinite 
 
 20.0
 
 89.9
   
 
 20.6
 
 132.0
  
Total tax carryforwards $20.0
 $1.2
 $26.0
 $858.0
 $148.9
   $2.2
 $1.0
 $26.0
 $851.6
 $185.3
  
Deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards $20.0
 $0.5
 $17.0
 $38.1
 $25.7
 $101.3
 $2.2
 $0.2
 $20.5
 $45.3
 $36.0
 $104.2
Valuation allowance on tax carryforwards (20.0) (0.4) (16.3) (37.5) (22.3) (96.5) (1.8) (0.2) (19.9) (44.6) (33.2) (99.7)
Net deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards $
 $0.1
 $0.7
 $0.6
 $3.4
 $4.8
 $0.4
 $
 $0.6
 $0.7
 $2.8
 $4.5
As of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that $96.5$99.7 million and $98.7$96.5 million, respectively, of its deferred tax assets related to tax loss and credit carryforwards will not be realized. As a result, the Company recorded a valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets. The Company also determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the benefit related to U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets other than tax loss and credit carryforwards will be not realized. Accordingly, as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, a valuation allowance of $51.7$23.3 million and $47.2$51.7 million, respectively, was established against these U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and 2015 was $148.2$123.0 million and $145.9$148.2 million, respectively.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:
(in millions) 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Balance of liability as of January 1 $45.2
 $40.7
 $31.4
 $46.5
 $45.2
 $40.7
Increase as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year 0.5
 1.5
 2.0
 2.5
 0.5
 1.5
Decrease as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year (7.3) (2.1) (1.2) (1.5) (7.3) (2.1)
Increase as a result of tax positions taken during the current year 10.3
 9.2
 11.2
 5.2
 10.3
 9.2
Decrease as a result of settlements with taxing authorities (1.2) 
 (1.1) (0.3) (1.2) 
Reduction as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations (1.0) (4.1) (1.6) (6.0) (1.0) (4.1)
Balance of liability as of December 31 $46.5
 $45.2
 $40.7
 $46.4
 $46.5
 $45.2
As of December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, the amount of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect its effective tax rate was $49.2 million, $47.6 million, $46.6 million, and $42.2$46.6 million, respectively. The difference between these amounts and those reflected in the table above relates to (1) offsetting tax effects from other tax jurisdictions, and (2) interest expense, net of deferred taxes.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of its income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 2014,2015, the Company recognized interest and penalty expense of $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $1.1 million, and $0.7$1.1 million, respectively, in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, the Company had accrued $6.2$6.5 million and $5.8$6.2 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that the Company's unrecognized tax benefits could change by $7.8$11.4 million due to settlements of income tax examinations, the expiration of statutes of limitations or other resolution of uncertainties. However, if the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations results in amounts that differ from this estimate, the Company will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such matters are effectively settled.
Income Tax Examinations
The Company's income tax returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax authorities.
During 2016, the Internal Revenue Service completed its examinations of the Company's consolidated income tax returns for 2010 through 2012 and an acquired subsidiary's consolidated income tax return for the short period ended December 2013. These examinations resulted in assessments for which accruals were previously established.
The Company'sCompany’s consolidated federal income tax returns for 2013the years 2014 through 20152016 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In addition, acquired subsidiaries’ federal tax carryforwards (2007 through 2012) remain subject to IRS examination.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. state and local or non-U.S. income tax examinations for years before 2010. As of December 31, 2016,2011. Currently the Company and its subsidiaries are under examination in various jurisdictions, including Germany (2010 through 2012), Canada (2013 and 2014),through 2015) and California (2012 and 2013). During the year, various U.S. state and non-U.S. income tax examinations were completed, resulting in minimal assessments for which accruals were previously established.
Note 34 – Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of: 
(in millions) December 31,2016
 2015
2017 2016
Employee related expenses$95.4
 $83.1
$99.1
 $95.4
Warranty15.5
 15.1
14.6
 15.5
Advanced payment from customers19.0
 29.1
27.0
 19.0
Other93.2
 91.3
111.4
 93.2
Total$223.1
 $218.6
$252.1
 $223.1
The Company accrues warranty liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Warranty provision is included in cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A summary of the warranty liabilities is as follows:
(in millions) December 31,2016
 2015
2017 2016
Balance at beginning of period$15.1
 $15.5
$15.5
 $15.1
Expense14.5
 12.1
13.4
 14.5
Changes due to acquisitions/divestitures0.1
 
Payments / deductions(13.4) (12.7)(14.7) (13.4)
Currency translation(0.7) 0.2
0.3
 (0.7)
Balance at end of period$15.5
 $15.1
$14.6
 $15.5
Note 45 – Other Liabilities
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Environmental $34.0
 $48.9
 $31.9
 $34.0
Other 65.8
 63.9
 75.8
 65.8
 $99.8
 $112.8
 $107.7
 $99.8
Note 56 – Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed when incurred. These costs were $58.5 million, $61.5 million and $62.8 million in 2017, 2016 and $68.0 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.
Note 67 – Pension and Postretirement Benefits
In the United States, the Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan that covers approximately 18%17% of all U.S. employees. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company announced that pension eligible employees will no longer earn future benefits in the domestic defined benefit pension plan effective January 1, 2013. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation on a final average pay basis, except for certain hourly employees where benefits are fixed per year of service. This plan is funded with a trustee in respect of past and current service. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary. Contributions are intended to provide for future benefits earned to date. Additionally, a number of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover approximately 11%12% of all non-U.S. employees. The benefits are typically based upon years of service and compensation. These plans are funded with trustees in respect of past and current service.
Non-union employees hired after December 31, 2005 are no longer eligible for participation in the ELDEC Corporation (“ELDEC”) and Interpoint Corporation (“Interpoint”) money purchase plan. Qualifying employees receive an additional 3% Company contribution to their 401(k) plan accounts. Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans were also amended whereby eligibility for new participants will cease.
Postretirement health care and life insurance benefits are provided for certain employees hired before January 1, 1990, who meet minimum age and service requirements. The Company does not pre-fund these benefits and has the right to modify or terminate the plan. The Company recorded a pretaxpre-tax gain related to postretirement benefits of $0.2 million in both 2017 and $0.3 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.2016. Accrued postretirement benefits were $8.1$7.8 million and $8.7$8.1 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.


A summary of the projected benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status is as follows:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Change in benefit obligation:        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $988.0
 $1,093.2
 $1,004.0
 $988.0
Service cost 4.7
 5.2
 5.4
 4.7
Interest cost 31.8
 37.9
 29.5
 31.8
Plan participants’ contributions 0.5
 0.5
 0.5
 0.5
Amendments 0.4
 (18.2) 
 0.4
Actuarial loss (gain) 88.4
 (60.3)
Actuarial loss 31.6
 88.4
Settlement (1.7) (2.8) (2.3) (1.7)
Benefits paid (42.4) (41.4) (40.8) (42.4)
Foreign currency exchange impact (65.1) (25.5) 41.8
 (65.1)
Acquisition/divestitures/curtailment 
 (0.3)
Acquisitions/curtailments 5.4
 
Adjustment for expenses/tax contained in service cost (0.6) (0.3) (0.4) (0.6)
Benefit obligation at end of year $1,004.0
 $988.0
 $1,074.7
 $1,004.0
Change in plan assets:        
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $816.5
 $874.6
 $808.5
 $816.5
Actual return on plan assets 87.4
 (2.0) 87.4
 87.4
Foreign currency exchange impact (59.1) (28.5) 37.8
 (59.1)
Employer contributions 8.3
 17.0
 12.7
 8.3
Administrative expenses paid (1.0) (0.9) (0.7) (1.0)
Acquisitions 5.0
 
Plan participants’ contributions 0.5
 0.5
 0.5
 0.5
Settlement (1.7) (2.8) (2.3) (1.7)
Benefits paid (42.4) (41.4) (40.8) (42.4)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $808.5
 $816.5
 $908.1
 $808.5
Funded status $(195.5) $(171.5) $(166.6) $(195.5)
 
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Other assets $46.0
 $56.3
 $66.1
 $46.0
Current liabilities (1.2) (1.1) (1.3) (1.2)
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits (240.3) (226.7) (231.4) (240.3)
Funded status $(195.5) $(171.5) $(166.6) $(195.5)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Net actuarial loss $373.2
 $347.4
 $372.3
 $373.2
Prior service credit (10.1) (11.6) (10.0) (10.1)
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income $363.1
 $335.8
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss $362.3
 $363.1
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the U.S. and Non-U.S. plans, are as follows:
 Pension Obligations/Assets Pension Obligations/Assets
 U.S. Non-U.S. Total U.S. Non-U.S. Total
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2016
 2015
 2016
 2015
 2017 2016 2017 2016 2017 2016
Projected benefit obligation $545.8
 $548.5
 $458.2
 $439.5
 $1,004.0
 $988.0
 $579.8
 $545.8
 $494.9
 $458.2
 $1,074.7
 $1,004.0
Accumulated benefit obligation 545.8
 548.4
 450.9
 432.5
 996.7
 980.9
 579.8
 545.8
 486.7
 450.9
 1,066.5
 996.7
Fair value of plan assets 379.8
 380.2
 428.7
 436.3
 808.5
 816.5
 407.9
 379.8
 500.2
 428.7
 908.1
 808.5



Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2017 2016
Projected benefit obligation $834.8
 $791.5
 $860.0
 $834.8
Accumulated benefit obligation 827.8
 785.0
 852.2
 827.8
Fair value of plan assets 593.3
 563.9
 627.3
 593.3

Components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:      
(in millions) For the year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
Net Periodic (Benefit) Cost:      
Service cost $4.7
 $5.2
 $4.9
 $5.4
 $4.7
 $5.2
Interest cost 31.8
 37.9
 40.9
 29.5
 31.8
 37.9
Expected return on plan assets (56.1) (62.0) (62.5) (57.0) (56.1) (62.0)
Amortization of prior service cost (0.6) (0.4) 0.1
 (0.6) (0.6) (0.4)
Amortization of net loss 11.3
 12.3
 5.1
 14.3
 11.3
 12.3
Recognized curtailment loss 
 (5.2) 
 (0.3) 
 (5.2)
Settlement costs 
 0.8
 
 0.5
 
 0.8
Net periodic (benefit) cost $(8.9) $(11.4) $(11.5)
Net periodic benefit $(8.2) $(8.9) $(11.4)
The estimated net loss and prior service costbenefit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $8.0$14.2 million and $0.3$0.6 million, respectively.
The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:
December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
For the year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 4.29% 4.41% 4.10% 3.75% 4.29% 4.41%
Rate of compensation increase N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
Non-U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 2.29% 3.30% 3.01% 2.15% 2.29% 3.30%
Rate of compensation increase 2.85% 2.81% 2.40% 2.80% 2.85% 2.81%
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
For the year ended December 31, 2017 2016 2015
U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 4.41% 4.10% 4.90% 4.29% 4.41% 4.10%
Expected rate of return on plan assets 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75% 7.75%
Rate of compensation increase N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
Non-U.S. Plans:            
Discount rate 3.30% 3.01% 4.05% 2.29% 3.30% 3.01%
Expected rate of return on plan assets 6.77% 6.94% 7.01% 6.45% 6.77% 6.94%
Rate of compensation increase 2.81% 2.40% 2.56% 2.85% 2.81% 2.40%
 
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets assumptions were determined by the Company with input from independent investment consultants and plan actuaries, utilizing asset pricing models and considering historical returns. The discount rates used by the Company for valuing pension liabilities are based on a review of high quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligations.
In the U.S. Plan, the 7.75% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 20162017 reflected a long-term target comprised of an asset allocation range of 25%-75% equity securities, 15%-35% fixed income securities, 10%-35% alternative assets and 0%-10% cash. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the actual asset allocation for the U.S. plan was 58%61% equity securities, 15% fixed income securities, 24%22% alternative assets and 3%2% cash and cash equivalents.


For the non-U.S. Plans, the 6.77%6.45% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 20162017 reflected a weighted average of the long-term asset allocation targets for the Company's various international plans. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the actual weighted


average asset allocation for the non-U.S. plans was 36%35% equity securities, 30% fixed income securities, 33%34% alternative assets/other and 1% cash and cash equivalents.
Plan Assets
The Company’s pension plan target allocations and weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
  Target Allocation Actual Allocation  Target Allocation Actual Allocation
Asset Category December 31, 
 2016
 2015
 
 2017
 2016
Equity securities 35%-75%  47% 49% 35%-75%  47% 47%
Fixed income securities 20%-50%  23% 26% 20%-50%  23% 23%
Alternative assets/Other 0%-35%  28% 24% 0%-35%  29% 28%
Money market 0%-10%  2% 1% 0%-10%  1% 2%

The Company’s pension investment committee and trustees, as applicable, exercise reasonable care, skill and caution in making investment decisions. Independent investment consultants are retained to assist in executing the plans’ investment strategies. A number of factors are evaluated in determining if an investment strategy will be implemented in the Company’s pension trusts. These factors include, but are not limited to, investment style, investment risk, investment manager performance
and costs.
The primary investment objective of the Company’s various pension trusts is to maximize the value of plan assets, focusing on capital preservation, current income and long-term growth of capital and income. The plans’ assets are typically invested in a broad range of equity securities, fixed income securities, alternative assets and cash instruments. The Company’s investment strategies across its pension plans worldwide results in a global target asset allocation range of 35%-75% equity securities, 20%-50% fixed income securities, 0%-35% alternative assets and 0%-10% money market, as noted in the table above.
Equity securities include investments in large-cap, mid-cap, and small-cap companies located in both developed countries and emerging markets around the world. Fixed income securities include government bonds of various countries, corporate bonds that are primarily investment-grade, and mortgage-backed securities. Alternative assets include investments in real estate and hedge funds employing a wide variety of strategies.
The Company periodically reviews investment managers and their performance in relation to the plans’ investment objectives. The Company expects its pension trust investments to meet or exceed their predetermined benchmark indices, net of fees. Generally, however, the Company realizes that investment strategies should be given a full market cycle, normally over a three to five year time period, to achieve stated objectives.
Equity securities include Crane Co. common stock, which represents 5%6% and 4%5% of plan assets as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.


The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2017, by asset category are as follows:
(in millions) Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
 Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
 Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 NAV Practical Expedient* Total
Fair Value
Cash and Money Markets $13.2
 $
 $
 $
 $13.2
Common Stocks          
Actively Managed U.S. Equities 134.4
 
 
 
 134.4
Fixed Income Bonds and Notes 
 0.3
 
 
 0.3
Commingled and Mutual Funds          
U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 39.1
 39.1
Non-U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 249.6
 249.6
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 59.6
 59.6
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 190.7
 190.7
International Balanced Funds 
 
 
 11.8
 11.8
Collective Trust 
 
 21.8
 19.4
 41.2
Alternative Investments          
Hedge Funds 
 
 
 116.2
 116.2
International Property Funds 
 
 
 47.1
 47.1
Annuity Contract 
 4.9
 
 
 4.9
Total Fair Value $147.6
 $5.2
 $21.8
 $733.5
 $908.1
* Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
In 2017, the Pension Plan's asset classified as Level 3 constitutes an insurance contract valued annually on an actuarial basis.
The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2016, by asset category are as follows:
(in millions) Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
 Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
 Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 NAV Practical Expedient* Total
Fair Value
Cash and Money Markets $16.1
 $
 $
 $
 $16.1
Common Stocks          
Actively Managed U.S. Equities 112.0
 
 
 
 112.0
Fixed Income Bonds and Notes 
 44.3
 
 
 44.3
Commingled and Mutual Funds          
U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 62.3
 62.3
Non-U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 201.9
 201.9
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 12.4
 12.4
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 165.3
 165.3
International Balanced Funds 
 
 
 10.1
 10.1
Collective Trust 
 
 21.7
 17.4
 39.1
Alternative Investments          
Hedge Funds 
 
 
 106.4
 106.4
International Property Funds 
 
 
 37.6
 37.6
Annuity Contract 
 1.0
 
 
 1.0
Total Fair Value $128.1
 $45.3
 $21.7
 $613.4
 $808.5
* Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
In 2016, the Pension Plan's asset classified as Level 3 constitutes an insurance contract valued annually on an actuarial basis.


The fair valuefollowing table sets forth a summary of the Company’s pension plan assets valued using Net Asset Value ("NAV") or its equivalent as of December 31, 2015, by asset category are as follows:2017:
(in millions) Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
Level 1

 Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2

 Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3

 NAV Practical Expedient*
 Total
Fair Value

Cash and Money Markets $4.9
 $
 $
 $
 $4.9
Common Stocks          
Actively Managed U.S. Equities 134.5
 
 
 
 134.5
Fixed Income Bonds and Notes 
 46.1
 
 
 46.1
Commingled and Mutual Funds          
U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 49.9
 49.9
Non-U.S. Equity Funds 
 
 
 218.6
 218.6
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 11.5
 11.5
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate 
 
 
 157.2
 157.2
International Balanced Funds 
 
 
 10.1
 10.1
Collective Trust 
 
 19.0
 17.1
 36.1
Alternative Investments          
Hedge Funds 
 
 
 102.3
 102.3
International Property Funds 
 
 
 44.3
 44.3
Annuity Contract 
 1.0
 
 
 1.0
Total Fair Value $139.4
 $47.1
 $19.0
 $611.0
 $816.5
Redemption
Frequency
Unfunded
Commitment
Other
Redemption
Restrictions
Redemption Notice Period
U.S. Equity Funds (a)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-U.S. Equity Funds (b)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (c)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (d)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
International Balanced Funds (e)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Collective Trust Fund (f)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Hedge Funds (g)QuarterlyNoneNone65 days written
Hedge Funds (g)QuarterlyNoneNone30 days written
Hedge Funds (g)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
International Property Funds (h)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-US Tactical/Diversified Alternative Funds (i)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
* Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
In 2015, the Pension Plan's asset classified as Level 3 constitutes an insurance contract valued annually on an actuarial basis.

(a)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities within the U.S. markets and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(b)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(c)These funds invest in U.S. fixed income securities, corporate, government and agency, and seek to outperform the Barclays Capital Aggregate Index
(d)These funds invest in Corporate and Governments fixed income securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(e)These funds invest in a blend of equities, fixed income, cash and property outside the U.S. and seek to outperform a similarly weighted index
(f)This fund invests in a combination of U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and bonds and is managed by a third party to track liability
(g)These funds are direct investment alternative investments/hedge funds that deploy a multi-strategy approach to investing (e.g. long/short/event-driven, credit)
(h)These funds invest in real property outside the U.S.
(i)These funds invest in traditional and alternative strategies and seek to add diversification while adding returns greater than equity in a non-correlated approach

The following table sets forth a summary of pension plan assets valued using Net Asset Value ("NAV") or its equivalent as of December 31, 2016:
(in millions) Redemption
Frequency
 Unfunded
Commitment
 Other
Redemption
Restrictions
 Redemption Notice Period
U.S. Equity Funds (a) Immediate None None None
Non-U.S. Equity Funds (b) Immediate None None None
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (c) Immediate None None None
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Gov't and Corp. (d) Immediate None None None
International Balanced Funds (e) Immediate None None None
Collective Trust Fund (f) Immediate None None None
Hedge FundFunds (g) 12 Months None None 65 days written
Hedge FundFunds (h) Quarterly None None 65 days written
Hedge Funds (h) Quarterly None None 30 days written
Hedge Funds (h) Immediate None None None
International Property Funds (i) Immediate None None None
Non-US Tactical/Diversified Alternative Funds (j) Immediate None None None
 
(a)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities within the U.S. markets and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(b)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(c)These funds invest in U.S. fixed income securities, corporate, government and agency, and seek to outperform the Barclays Capital Aggregate Index
(d)These funds invest in Corporate and Governments fixed income securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(e)These funds invest in a blend of equities, fixed income, cash and property outside the U.S. and seek to outperform a similarly weighted index
(f)This fund invests in a combination of U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and bonds and is managed by a third party to track liability
(g)This fund is alternative asset in process of liquidation. Amounts included represent funds hold back expected to be distributed in early 2017
(h)These funds are direct investment alternative investments/hedge funds that deploy a multi-strategy approach to investing (e.g. long/short/event-driven, credit)
(i)These funds invest in real property outside the U.S.
(j)These funds invest in traditional and alternative strategies and seek to add diversification while adding returns greater than equity in a non-correlated approach


The following table sets forth a summary of pension plan assets valued using NAV or its equivalent as of December 31, 2015:
(in millions)Redemption
Frequency
Unfunded
Commitment
Other
Redemption
Restrictions
Redemption Notice Period
U.S. Equity Funds (a)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-U.S. Equity Funds (b)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (c)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (d)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
International Balanced Funds (e)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Collective Trust (f)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Hedge Fund (g)12 MonthsNoneNone90 days written
Hedge Fund (g)12 MonthsNoneNone65 days written
Hedge Funds (h)12 MonthsNoneNone90 days written
Hedge Funds (i)QuarterlyNoneNone65 days written
Hedge Funds (i)QuarterlyNoneNone30 days written
International Property Funds (j)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
Non-US Tactical/Diversified Alternative Funds (k)ImmediateNoneNoneNone
(a)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities within the U.S. markets and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(b)These funds invest in Corporate equity securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(c)These funds invest in U.S. fixed income securities, corporate, government and agency, and seek to outperform the Barclays Capital Aggregate Index
(d)These funds invest in Corporate and Governments fixed income securities outside the U.S. and seek to meet or exceed relative benchmarks
(e)These funds invest in a blend of equities, fixed income, cash and property outside the U.S. and seek to outperform a similarly weighted index
(f)This fund invests in a combination of U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and bonds and is managed by a third party to track liability
(g)These funds are alternative assets which seeks to outperform equities while maintaining a lower risk profile than equities
(h)This fund is an alternative investment that invests in distressed debt instruments seeking price appreciation
(i)These funds are direct investment alternative investments/hedge funds that deploy a multi-strategy approach to investing (e.g. long/short/event-driven, credit)
(j)These funds invest in real property outside the U.S.


(k)These funds invest in traditional and alternative strategies and seek to add diversification while adding returns greater than equity in a non-correlated approach

Cash Flows  
The Company expects, based on current actuarial calculations, to contribute cash of approximately $12$25 million to its defined benefit pension plans during 2017.2018. Cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors including the investment performance of plan assets.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments  
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Estimated future payments (in millions)
Pension
Benefits

2017$39.6
201841.2
201942.1
202044.3
202146.0
2022-2026255.0
Total payments$468.2
The Company’s subsidiaries ELDEC and Interpoint have a money purchase plan to provide retirement benefits for all eligible employees which was frozen effective January 1, 2014. There were no contributions to this plan in 2016 and 2015. Contributions were $1.1 million in 2014.
Estimated future payments (in millions)
Pension
Benefits
2018$42.7
201943.1
202045.1
202146.7
202249.1
2023-2027266.4
Total payments$493.1
The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor savings and investment plans that are available to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company made contributions to the plans of $8.5 million, $8.0 million in 2016,and $7.9 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, and $6.9 million in 2014.respectively.
In addition to participant deferral contributions and company matching contributions on those deferrals, the Company provides a 3% non-matching contribution to eligible participants. The Company made non-matching contributions to these plans of $11.0 million, $10.7 million in 2016,and $8.7 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, and $3.5 million in 2014.respectively.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 78 – Long-Term Debt and Notes Payable
The following table summarizes the Company’s debt as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015:2016:
(in millions)December 31,
2016
 December 31,
2015
(in millions) December 31,2017 2016
Current maturities of long-term debt consists of:   
2.75% notes due December 2018   
Principal amount$250.0
 $
   
Other deferred financing costs associated with credit facilities(0.6) 
   
Total current maturities of long-term debt$249.4
 $
   
Long-term debt consists of:      
2.75% notes due December 2018      
Principal amount$250.0
 $250.0

 $250.0
Less debt issuance costs (See Note 1)(0.8) (1.2)
Less debt issuance costs
 (0.8)
Carrying Value$249.2
 $248.8

 $249.2
      
4.45% notes due December 2023      
Principal amount$300.0
 $300.0
$300.0
 $300.0
Less debt issuance costs (See Note 1)(1.9) (2.1)
Less debt issuance costs(1.6) (1.9)
Carrying Value$298.1
 $297.9
$298.4
 $298.1
      
6.55% notes due November 2036      
Principal Amount$200.0
 $200.0
$200.0
 $200.0
Less unamortized discount(0.7) (0.7)(0.6) (0.7)
Less debt issuance costs (See Note 1)(1.3) (1.4)
Less debt issuance costs(1.3) (1.3)
Carrying Value$198.0
 $197.9
$198.1
 $198.0
      
Other deferred financing costs associated with credit facilities$(2.4) $
   
Total long-term debt$745.3
 $744.6
$494.1
 $745.3
   
Short-term borrowings consists of:   
Commercial paper$
 $49.0
Other
 0.6
Total short-term borrowings$
 $49.6
2.75% notes due December 2018 - In December 2013, the Company issued five year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $250 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations that mature on December 15, 2018 and bear interest at 2.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or part, at the Company's option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require usthe Company to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 2.92%. The Company issued a notice of redemption on February 7, 2018, with an effective date of March 7, 2018, for its 2.75% notes due in December 2018 with an outstanding principal value of $250 million. See Note 16, "Subsequent Events," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
4.45% notes due December 2023 - In December 2013, the Company issued 10 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $300 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations that mature on December 15, 2023 and bear interest at 4.45% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or part, at the Company's option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require usthe Company to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 4.56%.
6.55% notes due November 2036 - In November 2006, the Company issued 30 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of the Company that mature on November 15, 2036 and bear interest at 6.55% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

the Company to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 6.67%.
All outstanding senior, unsecured notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 1, 1991. The indenture contains certain limitations on liens and sale and lease-back transactions.
Commercial Paperpaper program - On March 2, 2015, the Company entered into a commercial paper program (the “CP Program”) pursuant to which it may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes (the “Notes”) pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time, with the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding under the CP Program at any time not to exceed $500 million. The Notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all of the Company's other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of December 31, 2016,2017, there were no outstanding borrowings.  In January 2018, the Company issued $340 million under the CP Program to fund the acquisition of Crane Currency.
Revolving Credit Facility - In May 2012, the Company entered into a five year, $300 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as subsequently amended in March 2013 and increased to $500 million (the “Facility”)). The Facility allows the Company to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including financing for acquisitions. Interest is based on, at its option, (1) a LIBOR-based formula that is dependent in part on the Company's credit rating (LIBOR plus 105 basis points as of the date of this report; up to a maximum of LIBOR plus 147.5 basis points), or (2) the greatest of (i) the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points, or (iii) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points, plus a spread dependent on the Company’s credit rating (5 basis points as of the date of this report; up to a maximum of 47.5 basis points). The Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including a total debt to total capitalization ratio of less than or equal to 65%, the absence of a material adverse effect and limitations on the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. The Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, the fact that any representation or warranty made by the Company is false in any material respect, default under certain other indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting usthe Company and the Company'sits subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of the Company.
In May 2015, the Company entered into an amendment ("Amendment No. 2") to the Facility. Amendment No. 2, among other things, (i) extends the maturity date under the Facility to May 2020 and (ii) amends the fee and applicable margins on the revolving loans made pursuant to the Facility.
In December 2017, the Company entered into a $550 million five year Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2017 Facility”), which replaces the existing $500 million revolving credit facility. The 2017 Facility allows the Company to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. The loan proceeds may be used for general corporate purposes including financing for acquisitions. Interest is based on, at the Company's option, (1) a base rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.0% to 0.50% depending upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of its senior unsecured long-term debt (the "Index Debt Rating"), or (2) an adjusted LIBOR for an interest period to be selected by the Company, plus a margin ranging from 0.805% to 1.50% depending upon the Index Debt Rating (such margin, the “Applicable LIBOR Margin”).  The 2017 Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. The Company must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 2017 Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by the Company or any of its material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting the Company and

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

its material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of the Company. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2017 Facility as of December 31, 2016.2017.
As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company's total debt to total capitalization ratio was 40%36%, computed as follows:
(in millions)December 31, 2016
(in millions) December 31,2017
Current maturities of long-term debt$249.4
Long-term debt$745.3
494.1
Total indebtedness$745.3
743.5
Total shareholders’ equity1,133.8
1,345.2
Capitalization$1,879.1
$2,088.7
Total indebtedness to capitalization40%36%
All outstanding senior, unsecured notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 1, 1991. The indenture contains certain limitations on liens and sale and lease-back transactions.
Other -As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company had open standby letters of credit of $24$21 million issued pursuant to a $48$47 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines.
364-day Credit Agreement and 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement - In December 2017, the Company also entered into (1) a new $150 million 364-day Credit Agreement (the “364-day Credit Agreement”), and (2) a new $200 million 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement”). Borrowings are available under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement once certain conditions precedent have been satisfied, including consummation of the Company's acquisition of Crane Currency. Interest on loans made under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement accrues, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to (1) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin ranging from 0.0% to 0.75% depending upon the Index Debt Rating or (2) an adjusted LIBOR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by the Company plus a margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.75% depending upon the Index Debt Rating.  A commitment fee begins to accrue on March 5, 2018 (with respect to the 364-day Credit Agreement) and on January 19, 2018 (with respect to the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement) on the daily unused portion of the commitments under each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement, respectively, at a rate per annum ranging from 0.07% to 0.25% depending on the Index Debt Rating. Each of the 364-day Credit Agreement and the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement contain substantially the same affirmative and negative covenants, including the maximum debt to capitalization ratio, and events of default, as the 2017 Facility. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 364-day Credit Agreement and 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2017. In January 2018, the Company drew $100 million from the 364-day Credit Agreement and $200 million from the 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement to fund the acquisition of Crane Currency. In February 2018, the Company paid $100 million outstanding under the 364-day Credit Agreement loan after the completion of the Public Offering on February 5, 2018 referenced below.
4.20% notes due March 2048 - On February 5, 2018, the Company completed a public offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due in 2048. See Note 16, “Subsequent Events,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 89 - Fair Value Measurements
Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are to be considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
The standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Level 2: Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include over-the-counter derivatives, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, whose value is determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on published foreign exchange rates and exchange traded prices, adjusted for other specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Valuation Technique - The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities include foreign exchange contract derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates and interest rates. Based on these inputs, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivative receivable amounts are recorded within other current assets and were less than $0.1 million as of each of the periods ending December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Such derivative liability amounts are recorded within accrued liabilities and were $0.1$0.0 million and $0.4$0.1 million as of December 31, 20162017 and 2015,2016, respectively.
The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term debt and accounts payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding. Long-term debt rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value for debt issues that are not quoted on an exchange. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is measured using Level 2 inputs and was $801.8$816.0 million and $791.1$801.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Note 910 - Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks related to its ongoing business operations, including market risks related to fluctuation in currency exchange. The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk of certain cross-currency business relationships to minimize the impact of currency exchange fluctuations on the Company’s earnings and cash flows. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the foreign exchange contracts designated as hedging instruments did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet or cash flows. Foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments, which primarily pertain to foreign exchange fluctuation risk of intercompany positions, had a notional value of $8$0.8 million and $38$8 million as of December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, respectively. The settlement of derivative contracts for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 resulted in net cash inflows (outflows) of $0.0 million, $(13.6)$0.0 million and $(16.0)$(13.6) million, respectively, and is reported within “Total provided by operating activities” on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of each of the periods ending December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company's receivable position for the foreign exchange contracts were less than $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2017 and 2015,2016, the Company's payable position for the foreign exchange contracts was $0.1$0.0 million and $0.4$0.1 million, respectively.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1011 - Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases certain facilities, vehicles and equipment. Future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:2017:
(in millions) 
Operating
Leases

 
Operating
Leases
2017 $17.1
2018 13.8
 $21.3
2019 8.3
 17.5
2020 5.5
 11.6
2021 4.1
 9.6
2022 8.0
Thereafter 14.9
 27.0
Total minimum lease payments $63.7
 $95.0
Rental expense was $26.6 million, $25.4 million and $25.7 million for 2017, 2016 and $28.7 million for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

TheIn the third quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a fiveseven year operating lease for ana used airplane in the first quarter of 2014 which includedincludes a maximum residual value guarantee of $7.8$11.1 million by the Company if the fair value of the airplane is less than $9.5$14.4 million at the end of the lease term.  This commitment is secured byIn the leased airplanethird quarter of 2017, the Company made payments of $6.7 million related to the termination and the residual value guarantee liability is $0.9 million as of December 31, 2016. In 2014, the Company made a $9.5 million residual value guarantee payment in connection with a previous airplane lease.  These payments were previously accrued, over the life of the former lease which ended January 30, 2014. This payment wasand reported within "Other"“Other” in the “Total provided by operating activities” on the Consolidated StatementsStatement of Cash Flows.

Asbestos Liability
Information Regarding Claims and Costs in the Tort System

As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company was a defendant in cases filed in numerous state and federal courts alleging injury or death as a result of exposure to asbestos. Activity related to asbestos claims during the periods indicated was as follows:

For the year ended December 31,2016 2015 2014 2017 2016 2015 
Beginning claims41,090
 47,507
 51,490
 36,052
 41,090
 47,507
 
New claims2,826
 2,572
 2,743
 2,819
 2,826
 2,572
 
Settlements(924) (954) (992) (1,038) (924) (954) 
Dismissals(6,940) (8,035) (5,734) (5,599) (6,940) (8,035) 
Ending claims36,052
 41,090
 47,507
 32,234
 36,052
 41,090
 
Of the 36,05232,234 pending claims as of December 31, 2016,2017, approximately 18,30018,200 claims were pending in New York, approximately 1,000600 claims were pending in Texas, approximately 4,8001,500 claims were pending in Mississippi, and approximately 200 claims were pending in Ohio, all jurisdictions in which legislation or judicial orders restrict the types of claims that can proceed to trial on the merits.
The Company has tried several cases resulting in defense verdicts by the jury or directed verdicts for the defense by the court. The Company further has pursued appeals of certain adverse jury verdicts that have resulted in reversals in favor of the defense.
On March 23, 2010, a Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, state court jury found the Company responsible for a 1/11th share of a $14.5 million verdict in the James Nelson claim. On February 23, 2011, the court entered judgment on the verdict in the amount of $4.0 million, jointly, against the Company and two other defendants, with additional interest in the amount of $0.01 million being assessed against the Company, only. All defendants, including the Company, and the plaintiffs took timely appeals of certain aspects of those judgments. On September 5, 2013, a panel of the Pennsylvania Superior Court, in a 2-1 decision, vacated the Nelson verdict against all defendants, reversing and remanding for a new trial. Plaintiffs requested a rehearing in the Superior Court and by order dated November 18, 2013, the Superior Court vacated the panel opinion, and granted en banc reargument. On December 23, 2014, the Superior Court issued a second opinion reversing the jury verdict. Plaintiffs sought leave to appeal to the Pennsylvania Supreme Court, which defendants have opposed. By order dated May 20, 2015,June 21, 2017, the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania denied plaintiffs’ petition for leave to appeal. The case is set for a new trial in April 2018.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Supreme Court of Pennsylvania is holding, but not acting on, the plaintiffs’ petition pending the outcome of another appeal in which the Company is not a party. The Court has taken no further action on Nelson since that time.
On August 17, 2011, a New York City state court jury found the Company responsible for a 99% share of a $32 million verdict on the Ronald Dummitt claim. The Company filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict, to grant a new trial, or to reduce the damages, which the Company argued were excessive under New York appellate case law governing awards for non-economic losses. The Court held oral argument on these motions on October 18, 2011 and issued a written decision on August 21, 2012 confirming the jury’s liability findings but reducing the award of damages to $8 million. At plaintiffs’ request, the Court entered a judgment in the amount of $4.9 million against the Company, taking into account settlement offsets and accrued interest under New York law. The Company appealed, and the judgment was affirmed in a 3-2 decision and order dated July 3, 2014. The Company appealed to the New York Court of Appeals. The court heard oral arguments on May 3, 2016 and affirmed the judgment in a decision dated June 28, 2016. The judgment, with interest, in the amount of $6.6 million was paid in the third quarter 2016.
On October 23, 2012, the Company received an adverse verdict in the Gerald Suttner claim in Buffalo, New York. The jury found that the Company was responsible for four percent (4%) of plaintiffs’ damages of $3 million. The Company filed post-trial motions requesting judgment in the Company’s favor notwithstanding the jury’s verdict, which were denied. The court entered a judgment of $0.1 million against the Company. The Company appealed, and the judgment was affirmed by order dated March 21, 2014. The Company sought reargument of this decision, which was denied. The Company sought review before the New York Court of Appeals, which was accepted in the fourth quarter of 2014. The court heard oral arguments on May 3, 2016 and affirmed the judgment in a decision dated June 28, 2016. The judgment, with interest, in the amount of $0.2 million was paid in the third quarter 2016.
On November 28, 2012, the Company received an adverse verdict in the James Hellam claim in Oakland, CA. The jury found that the Company was responsible for seven percent (7%) of plaintiffs’ non-economic damages of $4.5 million, plus a portion of their economic damages of $0.9 million. Based on California court rules regarding allocation of damages, judgment was entered against the Company in the amount of $1.282 million. The Company filed post-trial motions requesting judgment in the Company’s favor notwithstanding the jury’s verdict and also requesting that settlement offsets be applied to reduce the judgment in accordance with California law. On January 31, 2013, the court entered an order disposing partially of that motion. On March 1, 2013, the Company filed an appeal regarding the portions of the motion that were denied. The court entered judgment against the Company in the amount of $1.1 million. The Company appealed. By opinion dated April 16, 2014, the Court of Appeal affirmed the finding of liability against the Company, and the California Supreme Court denied review of this ruling. The Court of Appeal reserved the arguments relating to recoverable damages to a subsequent appeal that remains pending. On August 21, 2015, the Court of Appeal reversed the trial court with respect to a $20,000 damages item, but affirmed the trial court in all other respects. The Company sought review of that ruling before the Supreme Court of California, which was denied. The Company settled the matter in December 2015.  The settlement iswas reflected in the fourth quarter 2015 indemnity amount.
On February 25, 2013, a Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, state court jury found the Company responsible for a 1/10th share of a $2.5 million verdict in the Thomas Amato claim and a 1/5th share of a $2.3 million verdict in the Frank Vinciguerra claim, which were consolidated for trial. The Company filed post-trial motions requesting judgments in the Company’s favor notwithstanding the jury’s verdicts or new trials, and also requesting that settlement offsets be applied to reduce the judgment in accordance with Pennsylvania law. These motions were denied. The Company appealed, and on April 17, 2015, a panel of the Superior Court of Pennsylvania affirmed the trial court’s ruling. The Supreme Court of Pennsylvania accepted the Company’s petition for review and heard oral arguments on September 13, 2016. On November 22, 2016, the Court dismissed the Company’s appeal as improvidently granted. The Company paid the Vinciguerra verdictjudgment in the amount of $0.6 million during the fourth quarter. The payment is reflected in the fourth quarter 2016 indemnity amount.2016. The Company paid the Amato judgment, with interest, in the amount of $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2017.
On March 1, 2013, a New York City state court jury entered a $35 million verdict against the Company in the Ivo Peraica claim. The Company filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict, to grant a new trial, or to reduce the damages, which the Company argues were excessive under New York appellate case law governing awards for non-economic losses and further were subject to settlement offsets. After the trial court remitted the verdict to $18 million, but otherwise denied the Company’s post-trial motion, judgment was entered against the Company in the amount of $10.6 million (including interest). The Company appealed. The Company took a separate appeal of the trial court’s denial of its summary judgment motion. The Court consolidated the appeals, which were heard in the fourth quarter of 2014. In July 2016 the Company supplemented its briefing based on the New York Court of Appeals Dummitt/Suttner decision. On October 6, 2016, a panel of the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed the rulings of the trial court on liability issues but further reduced the damages award to $4.25 million, which after settlement offsets is calculated to be $1.94 million. Plaintiff has the option of accepting the reduced

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

amount or having a new trial on damages. The Company filed a motion with the Appellate Division requesting a rehearing on liability issues. The motion was denied. The Company is seeking review before the New York Court of Appeals.Appeals also denied review. The Company paid in the first quarter of 2017 the Peraica plaintiffs $2.7 million, which was the amount owed under the judgment.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On July 31, 2013, a Buffalo, New York state court jury entered a $3.1 million verdict against the Company in the Lee Holdsworth claim. The Company filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict, to grant a new trial, or to reduce the damages, which the Company argues were excessive under New York appellate case law governing awards for non-economic losses and further were subject to settlement offsets. Post-trial motions were denied, and the court entered judgment in the amount of $1.7 million. On June 12, 2015, the Appellate Division, Fourth Department, affirmed the trial court’s ruling denying the Company’s motion for summary judgment. The court denied reargument of that ruling. The Company pursued a further appeal of the trial court rulings and judgment, which was argued on May 16, 2016. On July 8, 2016, the Court vacated the judgment and granted the Company a new trial on the issue of whether the Company is subject to joint-and-several liability under New York law. Plaintiff filed a motion to enter judgment in the trial court in the amount allegedly unaffected by the appellate ruling, approximately $1.0 million, and the Company opposed the motion. The Company settled the matter. The settlement iswas reflected in the fourth quarter 2016 indemnity amount.
On September 11, 2013, a Columbia, South Carolina state court jury in the Lloyd Garvin claim entered an $11 million verdict for compensatory damages against the Company and two other defendants jointly, and also awarded exemplary damages against the Company in the amount of $11 million. The jury also awarded exemplary damages against both other defendants. The Company filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdict, which were denied, except that the Court remitted the compensatory damages award to $2.5 million and exemplary damages award to $3.5 million. Considering settlement offsets, the Court further reduced the total damages award to $3.5 million. The Company settled the matter. The settlement is reflected in the first quarter 2015 indemnity amount.
On September 17, 2013, a Fort Lauderdale, Florida state court jury in the Richard DeLisle claim found the Company responsible for 16 percent of an $8 million verdict. The trial court denied all parties’ post-trial motions, and entered judgment against the Company in the amount of $1.3 million. The Company has appealed. Oral argument on the appeal took place on February 16, 2016. On September 14, 2016 a panel of the Florida Court of Appeals reversed and entered judgment in favor of the Company. Plaintiff filed with the Court of Appeals a motion for rehearing and/or certification of an appeal to the Florida Supreme Court, which the Court denied on November 9, 2016. Plaintiffs have subsequently requested review by the Supreme Court of Florida. ThatPlaintiffs' motion remains pending.was granted on July 11, 2017. The briefing in this matter has concluded, and oral argument is set for March 6, 2018.
On June 16, 2014, a New York City state court jury entered a $15 million verdict against the Company in the Ivan Sweberg claim and a $10 million verdict against the Company in the Selwyn Hackshaw claim. The two claims were consolidated for trial. The Company filed post-trial motions seeking to overturn the verdicts, to grant new trials, or to reduce the damages, which were denied, except that the Court reduced the Sweberg award to $10 million, and reduced the Hackshaw award to $6 million. Judgments have been entered in the amount of $5.3 million in Sweberg and $3.1 million in Hackshaw. The Company appealed. Oral argument on Sweberg took place on February 16, 2016, and oral argument on Hackshaw took place on March 9, 2016. On October 6, 2016, two panels of the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed the rulings of the trial court on liability issues but further reduced the Sweberg damages award to $9.5 million and further reduced the Hackshaw damages award to $3 million, which after settlement offsets are calculated to be $4.73 million in Sweberg and $0 in Hackshaw. Plaintiffs havewere given the option of accepting the reduced awards or having new trials on damages. Plaintiffs subsequently brought an appeal in Hackshaw before the New York Court of Appeals, which the Court denied. The Company filed a motion with the Appellate Division requesting a rehearing on liability issues in Sweberg. That motion was denied. The Company is seeking review before the New York Court of Appeals.Appeals also denied review. The Company paid in the first quarter of 2017 the Sweberg plaintiffs $5.7 million, which was the amount owed under this judgment. No damages are owed in Hackshaw.
On July 2, 2015, a St. Louis, Missouri state court jury in the James Poage claim entered a $1.5 million verdict for compensatory damages against the Company. The jury also awarded exemplary damages against the Company in the amount of $10 million. The Company filed a motion seeking to reduce the verdict to account for the verdict set-offs. That motion was denied, and judgment was entered against the Company in the amount of $10.8 million. The Company is pursuinginitiated an appeal. Oral argument was held on December 13, 2016. In an opinion dated May 2, 2017, a Missouri Court of Appeals panel affirmed the judgment in all respects.  The Court of Appeals denied the Company’s motion to transfer the case to the Supreme Court of Missouri. The Company sought leave to appeal before the Supreme Court of Missouri, which denied that request. The Company is seeking further review of that ruling by the Supreme Court of the United States.
On February 9, 2016, a Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, federal court jury found the Company responsible for a 30 percent share of a $1.085 million verdict in the Valent Rabovsky claim. The court ordered briefing on the amount of the judgment. The Company argued, among other things, that settlement offsets reduce the award to plaintiff under Pennsylvania law. A further hearing was held April 26, 2016, after which the court denied the Company’s request and entered judgment in the amount of $0.4 million. The Company filed post-trial motions, which were denied in two decisions issued on August 26, 2016 and September 28, 2016. The Company is pursuing an appeal to the Third Circuit Court of Appeals.Appeals, which was argued on June 12,

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2017. On September 27, 2017, the Court entered an order asking the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania to decide one of the issues raised in the Company’s appeal. The Supreme Court of Pennsylvania accepted the request, and the Company settled the matter. The settlement was reflected in the fourth quarter 2017 indemnity amount.
On April 22, 2016, a Phoenix, Arizona federal court jury found the Company responsible for a 20 percent share of a $9 million verdict in the George Coulbourn claim, and further awarded exemplary damages against the Company in the amount of $5

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

million.  The jury also awarded compensatory and exemplary damages against the other defendant present at trial.  The court entered judgment against the Company in the amount of $6.8 million. The Company filed post-trial motions, which were denied on September 20, 2016. The Company is pursuing an appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Briefing is complete, and oral argument is set for March 15, 2018.
On June 30, 2017, a New York City state court jury entered a $20 million verdict against the Company in the Geoffrey Anisansel claim. The Company settled the matter in August 2017. The settlement is reflected in the third quarter 2017 indemnity amount.
Such judgment amounts are not included in the Company’s incurred costs until all available appeals are exhausted and the final payment amount is determined.
The gross settlement and defense costs incurred (before insurance recoveries and tax effects) for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and 2014 totaled $88.3 million, $73.5 million $69.4 million and $81.1$69.4 million. In contrast to the recognition of settlement and defense costs, which reflect the current level of activity in the tort system, cash payments and receipts generally lag the tort system activity by several months or more, and may show some fluctuation from quarter to quarter. Cash payments of settlement amounts are not made until all releases and other required documentation are received by the Company, and reimbursements of both settlement amounts and defense costs by insurers may be uneven due to insurer payment practices, transitions from one insurance layer to the next excess layer and the payment terms of certain reimbursement agreements. The Company’s total pre-tax payments for settlement and defense costs, net of funds received from insurers, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and 2014 totaled $62.5 million, $56.0 million $49.9 million and $61.3$49.9 million, respectively. Detailed below are the comparable amounts for the periods indicated.

(in millions)      
For the year ended December 31,2016 2015 2014 2017 2016 2015 
Settlement / indemnity costs incurred (1)$30.5
 $27.7
 $25.3
 $51.8
 $30.5
 $27.7
 
Defense costs incurred (1)43.0
 41.7
 55.9
 36.5
 43.0
 41.7
 
Total costs incurred$73.5
 $69.4
 $81.1
 $88.3
 $73.5
 $69.4
 
            
Settlement / indemnity payments$32.4
 $24.5
 $27.3
 $51.7
 $32.4
 $24.5
 
Defense payments43.7
 43.5
 57.7
 38.9
 43.7
 43.5
 
Insurance receipts(20.1) (18.1) (23.8) (28.1) (20.1) (18.1) 
Pre-tax cash payments$56.0
 $49.9
 $61.3
 $62.5
 $56.0
 $49.9
 
 (1) Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.
(1)Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.
The amounts shown for settlement and defense costs incurred, and cash payments, are not necessarily indicative of future period amounts, which may be higher or lower than those reported.
Cumulatively through December 31, 2016,2017, the Company has resolved (by settlement or dismissal) approximately 124,000130,000 claims. The related settlement cost incurred by the Company and its insurance carriers is approximately $483$535 million, for an average settlement cost per resolved claim of approximately $3,900.$4,100. The average settlement cost per claim resolved during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $7,800, $3,900 and 2014 was $3,900, $3,100, and $3,800, respectively. Because claims are sometimes dismissed in large groups, the average cost per resolved claim, as well as the number of open claims, can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In addition to large group dismissals, the nature of the disease and corresponding settlement amounts for each claim resolved will also drive changes from period to period in the average settlement cost per claim. Accordingly, the average cost per resolved claim is not considered in the Company’s periodic review of its estimated asbestos liability. For a discussion regarding the four most significant factors affecting the liability estimate, see “Effects on the Consolidated Financial Statements”.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Effects on the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company has retained the firm of Hamilton, Rabinovitz & Associates, Inc. (“HR&A”), a nationally recognized expert in the field, to assist management in estimating the Company’s asbestos liability in the tort system. HR&A reviews information provided by the Company concerning claims filed, settled and dismissed, amounts paid in settlements and relevant claim information such as the nature of the asbestos-related disease asserted by the claimant, the jurisdiction where filed and the time lag from filing to disposition of the claim. The methodology used by HR&A to project future asbestos costs is based on the Company’s recent historical experience for claims filed, settled and dismissed during a base reference period. The Company’s experience is then compared to estimates of the number of individuals likely to develop asbestos-related diseases determined based on widely used previously conducted epidemiological studies augmented with current data inputs. Those studies were undertaken in connection with national analyses of the population of workers believed to have been exposed to asbestos. Using

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

that information, HR&A estimates the number of future claims that would be filed against the Company and estimates the aggregate settlement or indemnity costs that would be incurred to resolve both pending and future claims based upon the average settlement costs by disease during the reference period. This methodology has been accepted by numerous courts. After discussions with the Company, HR&A augments its liability estimate for the costs of defending asbestos claims in the tort system using a forecast from the Company which is based upon discussions with its defense counsel. Based on this information, HR&A compiles an estimate of the Company’s asbestos liability for pending and future claims using a range of reference periods based on claim experience and covering claims expected to be filed through the indicated forecast period. The most significant factors affecting the liability estimate are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against the Company, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against the Company and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by the Company. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate.
In the Company’s view, the forecast period used to provide the best estimate for asbestos claims and related liabilities and costs is a judgment based upon a number of trend factors, including the number and type of claims being filed each year; the jurisdictions where such claims are filed, and the effect of any legislation or judicial orders in such jurisdictions restricting the types of claims that can proceed to trial on the merits; and the likelihood of any comprehensive asbestos legislation at the federal level. In addition, the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system have been significantly affected by the substantial number of companies that have filed for bankruptcy protection, thereby staying any asbestos claims against them until the conclusion of such proceedings, and the establishment of a number of post-bankruptcy trusts for asbestos claimants, which have been estimated to provide $36 billion for payments to current and future claimants. These trend factors have both positive and negative effects on the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system and the related best estimate of the Company’s asbestos liability, and these effects do not move in a linear fashion but rather change over multi-year periods. Accordingly, the Company’s management continues to monitor these trend factors over time and periodically assesses whether an alternative forecast period is appropriate.
Each quarter, HR&A compiles an update based upon the Company’s experience in claims filed, settled and dismissed as well as average settlement costs by disease category (mesothelioma, lung cancer, other cancer, and non-malignant conditions including asbestosis). In addition to this claims experience, the Company also considers additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. As part of this process, the Company also takes into account trends in the tort system such as those enumerated above. Management considers all these factors in conjunction with the liability estimate of HR&A and determines whether a change in the estimate is warranted.
Liability Estimate. With the assistance of HR&A, effective as of December 31, 2016, the Company extended its estimate of the asbestos liability, including the costs of settlement or indemnity payments and defense costs relating to currently pending claims and future claims projected to be filed against the Company through the generally accepted end point of such claims in 2059. The Company’s previous estimate was for asbestos claims filed or projected to be filed through 2021. The Company’s estimate of the asbestos liability for pending and future claims through 2059 is based on the projected future asbestos costs resulting from the Company’s experience using a range of reference periods for claims filed, settled and dismissed. Based on this estimate, the Company recorded an additional liability of $227 million as of December 31, 2016. This action was based on several factors which contribute to the Company’s ability to reasonably estimate this liability through 2059. First, the number of mesothelioma claims (which although constituting approximately 10% of the Company’s total pending asbestos claims, have consistently accounted for approximately 90% of the Company’s aggregate settlement and defense costs) being filed against the Company and associated settlement costs have stabilized. Second, there have been generally favorable developments in the trend of case law which has been a contributing factor in stabilizing the asbestos claims activity and related settlement costs. Third, there have been significant actions taken by certain state legislatures and courts that have reduced the number and types of claims that can proceed to trial, which has been a significant factor in stabilizing the asbestos claims activity. Fourth, recent court decisions in certain jurisdictions have provided additional clarity regarding the nature of claims that may proceed to trial

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

in those jurisdictions and greater predictability regarding future claim activity. Fifth, the Company has coverage-in-place agreements with almost all of its excess insurers, which enables the Company to project a stable relationship between settlement and defense costs paid by the Company and reimbursements from its insurers. Sixth, annual settlements with respect to groups of cases with certain plaintiff firms have helped to stabilize indemnity payments and defense costs. Taking these factors into account, the Company believes that it can reasonably estimate the asbestos liability for pending claims and future claims to be filed through 2059.
Management has made its best estimate of the costs through 2059 based on the analysis by HR&A completed in January 2017. Through December 31, 2017, the Company’s actual experience during the updated reference period for mesothelioma claims filed and dismissed generally approximated the assumptions in the Company’s liability estimate. In addition to this claims experience, the Company considered additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that no change in the estimate was warranted for the period ended December 31, 2017.
A liability of $696 million was recorded as of December 31, 2016 to cover the estimated cost of asbestos claims now pending or subsequently asserted through 2059, of which approximately 80% is attributable to settlement and defense costs for future claims projected to be filed through 2059. The liability is reduced when cash payments are made in respect of settled claims and defense costs. The liability was $605 million as of December 31, 2017. It is not possible to forecast when cash payments related to the asbestos liability will be fully expended; however,

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

it is expected such cash payments will continue for a number of years past 2059, due to the significant proportion of future claims included in the estimated asbestos liability and the lag time between the date a claim is filed and when it is resolved. None of these estimated costs have been discounted to present value due to the inability to reliably forecast the timing of payments. The current portion of the total estimated liability at December 31, 20162017 was $71$85 million and represents the Company’s best estimate of total asbestos costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2017.period. Such amount is based upon the HR&A model together with the Company’s prior year payment experience for both settlement and defense costs.
Insurance Coverage and Receivables. Prior to 2005, a significant portion of the Company’s settlement and defense costs were paid by its primary insurers. With the exhaustion of that primary coverage, the Company began negotiations with its excess insurers to reimburse the Company for a portion of its settlement and/or defense costs as incurred. To date, the Company has entered into agreements providing for such reimbursements, known as “coverage-in-place”, with eleven of its excess insurer groups. Under such coverage-in-place agreements, an insurer’s policies remain in force and the insurer undertakes to provide coverage for the Company’s present and future asbestos claims on specified terms and conditions that address, among other things, the share of asbestos claims costs to be paid by the insurer, payment terms, claims handling procedures and the expiration of the insurer’s obligations. Similarly, under a variant of coverage-in-place, the Company has entered into an agreement with a group of insurers confirming the aggregate amount of available coverage under the subject policies and setting forth a schedule for future reimbursement payments to the Company based on aggregate indemnity and defense payments made. In addition, with ten of its excess insurer groups, the Company entered into agreements settling all asbestos and other coverage obligations for an agreed sum, totaling $82.5 million in aggregate. Reimbursements from insurers for past and ongoing settlement and defense costs allocable to their policies have been made in accordance with these coverage-in-place and other agreements. All of these agreements include provisions for mutual releases, indemnification of the insurer and, for coverage-in-place, claims handling procedures. With the agreements referenced above, the Company has concluded settlements with all but one of its solvent excess insurers whose policies are expected to respond to the aggregate costs included in the liability estimate. That insurer, which issued a single applicable policy, has been paying the shares of defense and indemnity costs the Company has allocated to it, subject to a reservation of rights. There are no pending legal proceedings between the Company and any insurer contesting the Company’s asbestos claims under its insurance policies.
In conjunction with developing the aggregate liability estimate referenced above, the Company also developed an estimate of probable insurance recoveries for its asbestos liabilities. In developing this estimate, the Company considered its coverage-in-place and other settlement agreements described above, as well as a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. In addition, the timing and amount of reimbursements will vary because the Company’s insurance coverage for asbestos claims involves multiple insurers, with different policy terms and certain gaps in coverage. In addition to consulting with legal counsel on these insurance matters, the Company retained insurance consultants to assist management in the estimation of probable insurance recoveries based upon the aggregate liability estimate described above and assuming the continued viability of all solvent insurance carriers. Based upon the analysis of policy terms and other factors noted above by the Company’s legal counsel, and incorporating risk mitigation judgments by the Company where policy terms or other factors were not certain, the Company’s

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

insurance consultants compiled a model indicating how the Company’s historical insurance policies would respond to varying levels of asbestos settlement and defense costs and the allocation of such costs between such insurers and the Company. Using the estimated liability as of December 31, 2016 (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059), the insurance consultant’s model forecasted that approximately 21% of the liability would be reimbursed by the Company’s insurers. While there are overall limits on the aggregate amount of insurance available to the Company with respect to asbestos claims, those overall limits were not reached by the total estimated liability currently recorded by the Company, and such overall limits did not influence the Company in its determination of the asset amount to record. The proportion of the asbestos liability that is allocated to certain insurance coverage years, however, exceeds the limits of available insurance in those years. The Company allocates to itself the amount of the asbestos liability (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059) that is in excess of available insurance coverage allocated to such years. An asset of $143 million was recorded as of December 31, 2016 representing the probable insurance reimbursement for such claims expected through 2059. The asset is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from insurers are received. The asset was $115 million as of December 31, 2017.
The Company reviews the aforementioned estimated reimbursement rate with its insurance consultants on a periodic basis in order to confirm its overall consistency with the Company’s established reserves. The reviews encompass consideration of the performance of the insurers under coverage-in-place agreements and the effect of any additional lump-sum payments under other insurer agreements. Actual insurance reimbursements vary from period to period, and will decline over time, for the reasons cited above.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Uncertainties. Estimation of the Company’s ultimate exposure for asbestos-related claims is subject to significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variables that can affect the timing, severity and quantity of claims and the manner of their resolution. The Company cautions that its estimated liability is based on assumptions with respect to future claims, settlement and defense costs based on past experience that may not prove reliable as predictors; the assumptions are interdependent and no single factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. A significant upward or downward trend in the number of claims filed, depending on the nature of the alleged injury, the jurisdiction where filed and the quality of the product identification, or a significant upward or downward trend in the costs of defending claims, could change the estimated liability, as would substantial adverse verdicts at trial that withstand appeal. A legislative solution, structured settlement transaction, or significant change in relevant case law could also change the estimated liability.
The same factors that affect developing estimates of probable settlement and defense costs for asbestos-related liabilities also affect estimates of the probable insurance reimbursements, as do a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. In addition, due to the uncertainties inherent in litigation matters, no assurances can be given regarding the outcome of any litigation, if necessary, to enforce the Company’s rights under its insurance policies or settlement agreements.
Many uncertainties exist surrounding asbestos litigation, and the Company will continue to evaluate its estimated asbestos-related liability and corresponding estimated insurance reimbursement as well as the underlying assumptions and process used to derive these amounts. These uncertainties may result in the Company incurring future charges or increases to income to adjust the carrying value of recorded liabilities and assets, particularly if the number of claims and settlement and defense costs change significantly, or if there are significant developments in the trend of case law or court procedures, or if legislation or another alternative solution is implemented. Although the resolution of these claims will likely take many years, the effect on the results of operations, financial position and cash flow in any given period from a revision to these estimates could be material.

Other Contingencies
Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, the Company records a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that the Company will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 20162017 is substantially related to the former manufacturing sites in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) and Roseland, New Jersey (the “Roseland Site”), each discussed below.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Goodyear Site
The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary of the Company in 1985 when the Company acquired UPI’s parent company, Unidynamics Corporation. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the Department of Defense and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and carry out certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, the Company entered into a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in the Company recording a charge of $49.0 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. The total estimated gross liability was $49.4$41.2 million as of December 31, 2016,2017, and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was approximately $16.2$9.4 million and represents the Company’s best estimate, in consultation with its technical advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2017.

twelve month period.
It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of the Company’s current accruals through the 2022 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On July 31, 2006, the Company entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses the Company for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of December 31, 2016,2017, the Company has recorded a receivable of $10.6$8.5 million for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.
Roseland Site
The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of the Company in 1985 when the Company acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, Unidynamics Corporation. Resistoflex manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. In 2009, at the request of the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (“NJDEP”), the Company performed certain tests of the indoor air quality of approximately 40 homes in a residential area surrounding the Roseland Site to determine if any contaminants (volatile organic compound vapors from groundwater) from the Roseland Site were present in those homes. The test results showed that three homes had volatile organic compound vapors above NJDEP’s recommended concentration levels, and the Company installed vapor mitigation equipment in those homes. On April 15, 2011, those three homeowners filed separate suits against the Company seeking unspecified compensatory and punitive damages for their lost property value and nuisance. In addition, a homeowner in the testing area, whose home tested negative for the presence of contaminants, filed a class action suit against the Company on behalf of himself and 138 other homeowners in the surrounding area, claiming damages in the nature of loss of value on their homes due to their proximity to the Roseland Site. In late December 2013, the plaintiffs moved to have a class of 139 homeowners certified, and the motion was granted in early February 2014. At the same time the Court also entered partial summary judgment on liability for the three homes where the Company had installed vapor mitigation equipment. The Company reached an agreement to settle all current claims with the class and individual plaintiffs for a one-time payment of $6.5 million. This agreement was approved by the Court on July 23, 2014 and the Company completed all obligations required of it to complete the settlement on October 10, 2014. The stipulation of dismissal with prejudice of all claims against the Company was filed on April 6, 2015.

The Company undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following its closure, and had been monitoring the Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, the Company has conducted further site characterization and delineation studies. In late 2014, the Company, in consultation with its advisors, substantially completed its assessment of soil and groundwater contamination at the Roseland Site, and developed an enhanced remediation plan for the site, which included further soil removal, installation of a groundwater recirculation treatment system and the infrastructure for a soil vapor extraction system, resulting in a charge of $6.8 million for remediation activities, now completed. Estimates of the Company’s environmental liabilities at the Roseland Site are based on currently available facts, present laws and regulations and current technology available for remediation, and are recorded on an undiscounted basis. While actual remediation cost may be more or less than amounts accrued, the Company believes it has established adequate reserves for all probable and reasonably estimable costs.

Other Environmental Matters
The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947 about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. A predecessor to the Company formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site, and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (referred to as the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where the Company maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on interim deliverables for the feasibility study is reportedly underway, including discussions intended to define preliminary remedial goals and potential remedial alternatives. Theunderway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study report is currently projected towill be completed, in late winter 2017. It is unclearor when a final Record of Decision may be issued.

GD-OTS has asked the Company to participate in a voluntary cost allocation/mediation exercise with respect to response costs it has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU. The Company, along with a number of other PRPs that were contacted, initially declined, but in light of the ongoing investigative activities, and the apparent willingness of the U.S.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

government to participate in a mediation proceeding, the Company and a number of PRPs have agreed to participate in a non-binding mediation process. The Company and other PRPs executed a mediation agreement on March 16, 2015, and the U.S. government, following the resolution of an inter-agency dispute, executed the mediation agreement on August 6, 2015. The participants have selected a mediator, are exchanging relevant information, and have agreed upon a framework for the mediation to address the numerous sub-areas at the Site in a coherent fashion. The first phase of the mediation, involving former munitions or ordnance storage areas, is presentlybegan in November 2017, and continues, with another mediation session tentatively scheduled to be conducted in May 2017, although this schedule is dependent upon the resolution of certain outstanding pre-mediation disclosure issues.for March 2018. The Company at present cannot predict whether this mediation proceeding will result in an agreement, or when any determination of the allocable share of the various PRPs, including the U.S. Government, is likely to be completed. Although a loss is probable, it is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site because the extent of the environmental impact, allocation among PRPs, remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. The Company notified its insurers of this potential liability and has obtained coverage, subject to reservations of rights, under certain of its insurance policies.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Proceedings
The Company was named as a defendant in a suit filed in June 2015 by a small group of homeowners in Missoula, Montana, whose homes are near the site of a former lumber mill and wood processing facility (the “White Pine Site”) that operated from approximately 1920 to 1996.  The suit alleges that the homeowners’ property was damaged by coming into contact with certain hazardous substances that migrated from the White Pine Site. The White Pine Site was owned and operated by a predecessor to Huttig Building Products, Inc. (“Huttig”), which was a subsidiary of the Company from 1968 until Huttig’s shares were distributed to the Company’s shareholders in 1999. Under the terms of the distribution agreement, Huttig retained the liability for its prior operations. The Company tendered the defense of this matter to Huttig, and Huttig has agreed to defend and indemnify the Company. That matter was resolved through a settlement agreement reached between Huttig and the individual plaintiffs, and the case was dismissed as against the Company. In a related matter, Huttig filed suit against certain insurers who Huttig claimed were obligated to provide insurance coverage for the environmental remediation costs and other damages caused by the operations at the White Pine Site. The Company was brought into that case in October 2015 as a third party defendant by two of the insurers seeking declaratory relief that no coverage obligations are owed to Huttig or the Company with respect to the White Pine Site. In late 2015, Huttig notified the Company of its intention to pursue an action against the Company for damages related to Huttig’s environmental liability at the White Pine Site and the scope of coverage under the Company’s historical insurance policies available to Huttig for such liability. The Company settled its dispute with Huttig in exchange for a complete release by Huttig of all claims against the Company in connection with the distribution agreement, and a release by Huttig of any and all rights it has or may have had under any of the Company’s insurance policies. As a result of this settlement, the Company recorded a $5 million net pre-tax charge in the second quarter of 2016. In addition, Huttig retained all of its indemnity obligations to the Company as set forth in the distribution agreement, including its indemnity obligations relating to the White Pine Site.

The Company regularly reviews the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against the Company relating to the conduct of its business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement, commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. The Company records a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both of the criteria are not met, the Company assesses whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, the Company discloses the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, discloses that the amount is immaterial, or discloses that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. The Company believes that as of December 31, 2016,2017, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in its financial statements for the potential impact of all such matters.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1112 – Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Effective February 2013, the Company terminated its two existing stock compensation plans, the Stock Incentive Plan and the Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan, and created a single plan, the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, to cover all employees and directors (the "Stock Incentive Plan"). The Stock Incentive Plan is used to provide long-term incentive compensation through stock options, restricted share units, performance-based restricted share units and deferred stock units.
 
Stock Options
Options are granted under the Stock Incentive Plan to officers and other key employees and directors at an exercise price equal to the closing price on the date of grant. For grants prior to April 23, 2007, the exercise price is equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, which is defined for purposes of the plans as the average of the high and low prices for the Company’s common stock on the 10 trading days ending on the date of grant. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee which administers the plan, options become exercisable at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant. Options granted to officers and employees from 2004 to 2013 expire six years after the date of grant. All options granted to directors and options granted to officers and employees after 2014 expire ten years after the date of grant.
The Company determines the fair value of each grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions for grants made during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 are as follows:
 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Dividend yield 4.08% 2.95% 2.50% 2.27% 4.08% 2.95%
Volatility 23.41% 24.97% 27.49% 23.32% 23.41% 24.97%
Risk-free interest rate 1.59% 1.32% 1.39% 1.94% 1.59% 1.32%
Expected lives in years 4.2
 4.2
 4.2
 4.2
 4.2
 4.2
Expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s dividend rate. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon the historical volatility for the four year period preceding the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. The expected lives of the awards represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
Activity in the Company’s stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 20162017 was as follows:
Option Activity Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)

 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
Options outstanding as of January 1, 2016 2,670
 $53.69
 
Options outstanding as of January 1, 2017 2,724
 $51.41
 
Granted 1,053
 43.57
  563
 73.90
 
Exercised (850) 48.24
  (663) 50.82
 
Canceled (149) 55.21
   (74) 54.02
  
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2016 2,724
 $51.41
 6.75
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2016 860
 $53.73
 3.91
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2017 2,550
 $56.45
 7.17
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2017 861
 $54.51
 5.34
The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 was $12.98, $6.52 $9.80 and $12.57,$9.80, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 was $6.3 million, $7.8 million $9.0 million and $9.6$9.0 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015 was $16.9 million, $14.8 million $7.9 million and $25.4$7.9 million, respectively. The total cash received from these option exercises was $31.2 million, $31.8 million and $11.9 million, and $20.5 million, respectively, and therespectively. The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises and vesting of restricted stock was $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and $7.7 million,December 31, 2015, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options was $29.9 million, $15.8 million $2.1 million and $12.5$2.1 million as of December 31, 2017, 2016 2015 and 20142015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016,2017, there was $9.9$10.2 million of total future compensation cost related to unvested share-based awards to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.251.26 years.

Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Restricted Share Units
Restricted share units vest at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant and are subject to forfeiture restrictions which lapse over time. The vesting of performance-based restricted share units is determined in three years based on relative total shareholder return for Crane Co.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

compared to the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group, with payout potential ranging from 0% to 200% but capped at 100% if the Company’s three year total shareholder return is negative.
Included in the Company’s share-based compensation was expense recognized for its restricted stock, restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards of $13.9 million, $13.8 million and $12.2 million in 2017, 2016 and $10.9 million in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016,2017, there was $18.1$20.2 million of total future compensation cost related to restricted stock, restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards over a weighted-average period of 1.181.20 years.
Changes in the Company’s restricted stock and restricted share units for the year ended December 31, 20162017 were as follows:
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Unit Activity Restricted Stock
and Restricted
Share Units
(in 000’s)

 Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 Restricted Stock
and Restricted
Share Units
(in 000’s)
 Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Units a of January 1, 2016 654
 $56.16
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Units as of January 1, 2017 679
 $52.44
Restricted Share Units granted 228
 43.74
 165
 74.33
Restricted Share Units vested (155) 53.99
 (152) 74.97
Restricted Share Units forfeited (29) 54.70
 (18) 75.42
Performance-based Restricted Share Units granted 116
 47.18
 70
 80.00
Performance-based Restricted Share Units vested (106) 47.93
 (68) 61.16
Performance-based Restricted Share Units forfeited (29) 52.72
 (6) 53.28
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Units as of December 31, 2016 679
 $52.44
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Units as of December 31, 2017 670
 $59.69

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1213 – Segment Information
In accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting”, for purposes of segment performance measurement, the Company does not allocate to the business segments items that are of a non-operating nature, including charges which occur from time to time related to the Company’s asbestos liability and its legacy environmental liabilities, as such items are not related to current business activities; or corporate organizational and functional expenses of a governance nature. “Corporate expenses-before asbestos and environmental charges” consist of corporate office expenses including compensation, benefits, occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs. Assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, insurance receivables, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company accounts for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties at current market prices.
The Company’s segments are reported on the same basis used internally for evaluating performance and for allocating resources. The Company has four reporting segments: Fluid Handling, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials.
A brief description of each of the Company's segments are as follows:
Fluid Handling
The Fluid Handling segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for critical performance applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves, and Other Products. Process Valves and Related Products include on/off valves and related products for critical and demanding applications in the chemical, oil & gas, power, and general industrial end markets globally. Commercial Valves is engaged primarily inincludes the manufacturing and distribution of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial, and to a lesser extent, municipal markets. Other Products include pumps and related products primarily for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets.
Payment & Merchandising Technologies
The Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment consists of Crane Payment Innovations, which provide high technology payment acceptance and dispensing products to original equipment manufacturers, including coin accepters and dispensers, coin hoppers, coin recyclers, bill validators and bill recyclers and, Merchandising Systems, which provide merchandising equipment, including include food, snack and beverage vending machines and vending machine software and online solutions.
Aerospace & Electronics
Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace and military aerospace and defense markets. 
Engineered Materials
Engineered Materials segment manufactures FRP panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles, truck bodies and trailers (Transportation), with additional applications in commercial and industrial buildings (Building Products).


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial information by reportable segment is set forth below:
(in millions) 2016
 2015
 2014
(in millions) December 31, 2017 2016 2015
Fluid Handling            
Net sales $999.5
 $1,091.3
 $1,263.7
 $1,042.5
 $999.5
 $1,091.3
Operating profit 119.5
 125.4
 181.6
 111.8
 119.5
 125.4
Assets 845.9
 888.0
 963.2
 941.6
 845.9
 888.0
Goodwill 212.3
 218.7
 227.3
 245.4
 212.3
 218.7
Capital expenditures 10.3
 10.0
 14.0
 14.7
 10.3
 10.0
Depreciation and amortization 10.8
 12.6
 14.5
 16.2
 10.8
 12.6
Payment & Merchandising Technologies            
Net sales $745.8
 $703.0
 $712.0
 $776.7
 $745.8
 $703.0
Operating profit 135.5
 101.4
 69.1
 148.5
 135.5
 101.4
Assets 1,188.9
 1,178.0
 1,210.1
 1,215.7
 1,188.9
 1,178.0
Goodwill 563.3
 575.2
 589.9
 587.7
 563.3
 575.2
Capital expenditures 8.7
 9.8
 11.4
 14.2
 8.7
 9.8
Depreciation and amortization 33.9
 34.5
 41.6
 34.2
 33.9
 34.5
Aerospace & Electronics            
Net sales $745.7
 $691.3
 $696.0
 $691.4
 $745.7
 $691.3
Operating profit
 149.8
 145.1
 138.2
 160.2
 149.8
 145.1
Assets 555.5
 559.4
 512.1
 573.0
 555.5
 559.4
Goodwill 202.3
 202.6
 202.7
 202.4
 202.3
 202.6
Capital expenditures 28.7
 16.2
 14.9
 16.7
 28.7
 16.2
Depreciation and amortization 11.7
 11.3
 11.8
 14.0
 11.7
 11.3
Engineered Materials            
Net sales $257.0
 $254.8
 $253.3
 $275.4
 $257.0
 $254.8
Operating profit
 49.0
 48.4
 36.8
 49.5
 49.0
 48.4
Assets 224.7
 227.6
 229.1
 220.8
 224.7
 227.6
Goodwill 171.3
 171.4
 171.5
 171.4
 171.3
 171.4
Capital expenditures 3.5
 3.3
 2.8
 3.1
 3.5
 3.3
Depreciation and amortization 6.1
 6.2
 6.0
 6.7
 6.1
 6.2




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Information by reportable segment (continued):
(in millions) 2016
 2015
 2014
(in millions) December 31, 2017 2016 2015
TOTAL NET SALES $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
 $2,786.0
 $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
Operating profit (loss)            
Reporting segments $453.8
 $420.3
 $425.7
Corporate — before asbestos and environmental charges a
 (61.2) (47.5) (53.6)
Corporate expense — asbestos charge (192.4) 
 
Corporate expense — environmental charges b
 
 
 (55.8)
Reporting segments a
 $470.0
 $453.8
 $420.3
Corporate expense — before asbestos b
 (68.1) (61.2) (47.5)
Corporate expense — asbestos 
 (192.4) 
TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT $200.3
 $372.9
 $316.3
 $401.9
 $200.3
 $372.9
Interest income 1.9
 1.9
 1.7
 2.5
 1.9
 1.9
Interest expense (36.5) (37.6) (39.2) (36.1) (36.5) (37.6)
Miscellaneous — net (1.6) (0.7) 2.4
 (0.8) (1.6) (0.7)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES $164.1
 $336.5
 $281.2
 $367.5
 $164.1
 $336.5
Assets            
Reporting segments $2,815.0
 $2,853.0
 $2,914.5
 $2,951.1
 $2,815.0
 $2,853.0
Corporate 613.0
 483.9
 531.0
 642.4
 613.0
 483.9
TOTAL ASSETS $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,445.5
 $3,593.5
 $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
Goodwill            
Reporting segments $1,149.2
 $1,167.9
 $1,191.3
 $1,206.9
 $1,149.2
 $1,167.9
Capital expenditures            
Reporting segments $51.2
 $39.3
 $43.1
 $48.7
 $51.2
 $39.3
Corporate 0.3
 0.3
 0.6
 0.3
 0.3
 0.3
TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES $51.5
 $39.6
 $43.7
 $49.0
 $51.5
 $39.6
Depreciation and amortization            
Reporting segments $62.5
 $64.6
 $73.8
 $71.1
 $62.5
 $64.6
Corporate 4.9
 2.4
 2.0
 1.6
 4.9
 2.4
TOTAL DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION $67.4
 $67.0
 $75.8
 $72.7
 $67.4
 $67.0
aIncludes transaction related charges of $3.6 in 2017.
bIncludes transaction related charges of $4.2 and a restructuring charge, net of gain on property sale of $13.0 in 2017 and charges of $5.0 million and $6.5 million for legal settlements in 2016 and 2014, respectively.2016.
b Includes a $49.0 million charge related to an increase in the Company's liability expected at the Goodyear Site and a $6.8 million charge for expected remediation costs associated with a previously disclosed environmental site in Roseland, New Jersey in 2014.






NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Information by geographic region:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Net sales*            
United States $1,769.7
 $1,698.6
 $1,719.4
 $1,767.3
 $1,769.7
 $1,698.6
Canada 163.2
 212.7
 256.4
 169.0
 163.2
 212.7
United Kingdom 357.6
 350.9
 372.1
 388.2
 357.6
 350.9
Continental Europe 279.6
 282.2
 365.1
 268.6
 279.6
 282.2
Other international 177.9
 196.1
 212.0
 192.9
 177.9
 196.1
TOTAL NET SALES $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
 $2,786.0
 $2,748.0
 $2,740.5
Assets*            
United States $1,609.4
 $1,648.3
 $1,612.9
 $1,645.3
 $1,609.4
 $1,648.3
Canada 159.8
 160.8
 197.6
 170.0
 159.8
 160.8
Europe 588.0
 599.2
 662.2
 702.9
 588.0
 599.2
Other international 457.8
 444.7
 441.8
 432.9
 457.8
 444.7
Corporate 613.0
 483.9
 531.0
 642.4
 613.0
 483.9
TOTAL ASSETS $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
 $3,445.5
 $3,593.5
 $3,428.0
 $3,336.9
Tangible Assets*            
United States $621.3
 $642.0
 $596.8
 $645.8
 $621.3
 $642.0
Canada 109.0
 111.5
 138.8
 115.8
 109.0
 111.5
Europe 357.9
 335.7
 363.9
 436.6
 357.9
 335.7
Other international 292.4
 278.8
 270.2
 269.2
 292.4
 278.8
Corporate 613.0
 488.6
 531.0
 642.4
 613.0
 488.6
TOTAL TANGIBLE ASSETS $1,993.6
 $1,856.6
 $1,900.7
 $2,109.8
 $1,993.6
 $1,856.6
* Net sales and assets by geographic region are based on the location of the business unit.





















NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The table below presents net sales by product line for each segment:
(in millions) December 31, 2016
 2015
 2014
 2017 2016 2015
Fluid HandlingFluid Handling     Fluid Handling     
Process Valves and Related Products $619.2
 $681.2
 $805.1
 $640.1
 $619.2
 $681.2
Commercial Valves 290.9
 316.5
 362.5
 310.1
 290.9
 316.5
Other Products 89.4
 93.7
 96.3
 92.3
 89.4
 93.7
Total Fluid HandlingTotal Fluid Handling$999.5
 $1,091.3
 $1,263.7
Total Fluid Handling$1,042.5
 $999.5
 $1,091.3
            
Payment & Merchandising TechnologiesPayment & Merchandising Technologies     Payment & Merchandising Technologies     
Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products $511.8
 $496.1
 $512.5
 $575.9
 $511.8
 $496.1
Merchandising Equipment 234.0
 207.0
 199.4
 200.8
 234.0
 207.0
Total Payment & Merchandising TechnologiesTotal Payment & Merchandising Technologies$745.8
 $703.0
 $712.0
Total Payment & Merchandising Technologies$776.7
 $745.8
 $703.0
            
Aerospace & ElectronicsAerospace & Electronics     Aerospace & Electronics     
Commercial Original Equipment $354.9
 $349.3
 $350.7
 $346.1
 $354.9
 $349.3
Military Original Equipment 200.3
 152.6
 159.1
 159.0
 200.3
 152.6
Commercial Aftermarket Products 132.8
 132.1
 133.9
 134.0
 132.8
 132.1
Military Aftermarket Products 57.7
 57.1
 52.3
 52.3
 57.7
 57.1
Total Aerospace & ElectronicsTotal Aerospace & Electronics$745.7
 $691.3
 $696.0
Total Aerospace & Electronics$691.4
 $745.7
 $691.3
            
Engineered MaterialsEngineered Materials     Engineered Materials     
FRP - Recreational Vehicles $131.2
 $133.9
 $133.6
 $150.5
 $131.2
 $133.9
FRP - Building Products 89.6
 83.1
 81.7
 95.2
 89.6
 83.1
FRP - Transportation 36.2
 37.8
 38.1
 29.7
 36.2
 37.8
Total Engineered MaterialsTotal Engineered Materials$257.0
 $254.8
 $253.3
Total Engineered Materials$275.4
 $257.0
 $254.8
            
Total Net SalesTotal Net Sales$2,748.0
 $2,740.5
 $2,925.0
Total Net Sales$2,786.0
 $2,748.0
 $2,740.5



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1314 – Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
(in millions, except per share data)
For year ended December 31,
 First Second Third Fourth Year
2016          
Net sales $660.0
 $712.2
 $694.2
 $681.6
 $2,748.0
Cost of sales 426.1
 449.1
 449.2
 433.9
 $1,758.3
Gross profit 233.9
 263.1
 245.0
 247.7
 989.7
Operating profit (loss) 85.5
 102.6
(a)103.8
 (91.6)(c)200.3
Net income attributable to common shareholders 55.0
 68.2
(b)63.5
 (63.9)(d)122.8
Earnings (loss) per basic share:       

  
Net income attributable to common shareholders $0.95
 $1.17
 $1.09
 $(1.11) $2.10
Earnings (loss) per diluted share:       
  
Net income attributable to common shareholders $0.93
 $1.15
 $1.07
 $(1.08) $2.07
           
2015          
Net sales $678.8
 $711.2
 $669.9
 $680.6
 $2,740.5
Cost of sales 442.0
 470.7
 431.7
 441.7
 $1,786.1
Gross profit 236.8
 240.5
 238.2
 238.9
 954.4
Operating profit 86.0
 90.2
 93.2
 103.5
 372.9
Net income attributable to common shareholders 51.1
 55.8
 56.9
 65.1
 228.9
Earnings per basic share:          
Net income attributable to common shareholders $0.88
 $0.96
 $0.98
 $1.12
 $3.94
Earnings per diluted share:          
Net income attributable to common shareholders $0.87
 $0.95
 $0.97
 $1.10
 $3.89
(in millions, except per share data)
For year ended December 31,
 First Second Third Fourth Year
2017          
Net sales $673.4
 $702.5
 $695.9
 $714.2
 $2,786.0
Cost of sales 429.5
 444.3
 441.5
 455.6
 1,770.9
Gross profit 243.9
 258.2
 254.4
 258.6
 1,015.1
Operating profit 96.6
 109.0
(a)105.4
(c)90.9
(e)401.9
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders 63.1
 69.2
(b)68.2
(d)(28.7)(f)171.8
Earnings (loss) per basic share $1.06
 $1.16
 $1.15
 $(0.48) $2.89
Earnings (loss) per diluted share $1.05
 $1.14
 $1.13
 $(0.48) $2.84
           
2016          
Net sales $660.0
 $712.2
 $694.2
 $681.6
 $2,748.0
Cost of sales 426.1
 449.1
 449.2
 433.9
 1,758.3
Gross profit 233.9
 263.1
 245.0
 247.7
 989.7
Operating profit 85.5
 102.6
(g)103.8
 (91.6)(i)200.3
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders 55.0
 68.2
(h)63.5
 (63.9)(j)122.8
Earnings (loss) per basic share $0.95
 $1.17
 $1.09
 $(1.11) $2.10
Earnings (loss) per diluted share $0.93
 $1.15
 $1.07
 $(1.08) $2.07

(a)Includes a $5.0 million legal settlement charge$2.6 of transaction related charges
(b)Includes the impact of item (a) cited above, net of tax
(c)Includes a $192.4 million asbestos provision$0.5 of transaction related charges
(d)Includes the impact of item (c) cited above, net of tax
(e)Includes $4.7 of transaction related charges
(f)Includes the impact of item (e) cited above, net of tax and an $87.1 million impact from a tax law change
(g)Includes a $5.0 legal settlement charge
(h)Includes the impact of item (g) cited above, net of tax
(i)Includes a $192.4 million asbestos provision
(j)Includes the impact of item (i) cited above, net of tax




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1415 – Restructuring Charges and Acquisition Integration Costs
Restructuring Charges
TheDuring the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a net pre-tax restructuring chargescharge of $7.8$13.0 million and $29.2 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.   

The 2015 restructuring charges were driven by severance costs from workforceassociated with broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. These actions include headcount reductions of approximately 125 people primarily300 employees, or about 3% of the Company’s global workforce and select facility consolidations in North America and Europe. The charge included severance of $24.1 million related to the consolidation of certain manufacturing operations, all of which are cash costs.
The following table summarizes the restructuring charge by business segment:
(in millions) December 31,Severance
Fluid Handling$10.6
Payment & Merchandising Technologies12.2
Aerospace & Electronics1.3
 $24.1
Related to the repositioning actions the Company recorded a pre-tax gain in the Fluid Handling segment and,fourth quarter of 2017 of $11.1 million related to the sale of a lesser extent,facility in the Aerospace & Electronics segment.  The liability associated with
To complete these actions, was $1.2the Company expects to incur a total of $16.7 million of additional restructuring and $4.2facility consolidation related charges from 2018 to 2020 in each of the business segments as follows:
(in millions) December 31,201820192020Total
Fluid Handling$5.5
$4.6
$1.6
$11.7
Payment & Merchandising Technologies4.5
(3.2)
1.3
Aerospace & Electronics0.6
3.1

3.7
 $10.6
$4.5
$1.6
$16.7
The following table summarizes the expected costs by nature of costs and year:
(in millions) December 31,201820192020Total
Restructuring$3.3
$(1.0)$
$2.3
Facility Consolidation7.3
5.5
1.6
14.4
 $10.6
$4.5
$1.6
$16.7
The Company expects recurring pre-tax savings subsequent to initiating all actions to approximate $30 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. annually.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 – Subsequent Events
Crane Currency Acquisition
On January 10, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Crane Currency. The 2014 restructuring charges included $18.9base purchase price of the acquisition was $800 million of severance costs from workforce reductions of approximately 320 people primarily in the Fluid Handling segment and, on a cash-free, debt-free basis, subject to a lesser extent, inlater adjustment reflecting Crane Currency’s net working capital, cash, the Aerospace & Electronics segment. There was no liability related to these actionsassumption by Crane Co. of certain debt-like items, and Crane Currency’s transaction expenses. At the closing, the transitory subsidiary of Crane Co. merged with and into Crane Currency, with Crane Currency surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of December 31, 2016. The liability was $1.3 million asCrane Co. Crane Currency is a supplier of December 31, 2015.

The 2014 restructuring charge also included $10.3 millionbanknotes and highly engineered banknote security features which complements our existing portfolio of severancecurrency and other costs related to the December 2013 acquisition of MEIpayment products within the Payment &and Merchandising Technologies segment. These actions resultedAcquisition-related costs are being expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $4.2 million of transaction costs.
Due to the closing of this acquisition subsequent to the period end, the Company is currently determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed necessary to develop the purchase price allocation. Therefore, disclosure of the purchase price allocation to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and supplemental pro forma information is not practicable. The pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined financial results will be included in workforce reductionsour Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018.

Recent Financing Arrangements
On February 5, 2018, the Company completed a public offering of approximately 240 employees.$350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due 2048 (the "2048 Notes"). The liability associated with these actions was $2.7 million2048 Notes will bear interest at a rate of 4.20% per annum and $6.3 millionmature on March 15, 2048. Interest will accrue on the Notes from February 5, 2018. Interest on the 2048 Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2018. The 2048 Notes were issued under an indenture, dated as of December 31, 2016February 5, 2018. The Indenture contains certain restrictions, including a limitation that restricts the Company’s ability and 2015, respectively.

Acquisition Integration Costs
the ability of certain of its subsidiaries to create or incur secured indebtedness, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its subsidiaries. The Company recorded pre-tax acquisition integration related costsused the net proceeds from the offering, together with cash on hand, to repay all of $7.2the $100 million and $9.8 millionoutstanding under the 364-day Credit Agreement. The Company also issued a notice of redemption on February 7, 2018 with an effective date of March 7, 2018 for its 2.75% notes due in 2015 and 2014, respectively related to the December 2013 acquisition2018 with an outstanding principal value of MEI within the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. $250 million.








Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the year covered by this annual report. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s ("SEC") rules and forms and the information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that these controls are effective as of the end of the year covered by this annual report.
Change in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2016,2017, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, identified in connection with our evaluation thereof, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.
Design and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we included a report of our management’s assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2017. Our independent registered public accounting firm also attested to, and reported on, our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report and our independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the captions entitled “Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Crane Co.
Stamford, CT
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Crane Co. and subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) as of December 31, 2016,2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company'sCompany’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting” appearing in Item 8. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of theits inherent limitations, of internal control over financial reporting including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be preventedprevent or detected on a timely basis.detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Stamford, CT
February 27, 201726, 2018


Item 9B. Other Information
None



Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement with respect to the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which the Company expects to file with the Commission pursuant to Regulation l4A on or about March 17, 201715, 2018 except that such information with respect to Executive Officers of the Registrant is included, pursuant to Instruction 3, paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K, under Part I. The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, the charters of its Management Organization and Compensation Committee, its Nominating and Governance Committee and its Audit Committee and its Code of Ethics are available at www.craneco.com/governance. The information on our website is not part of this report.

Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement with respect to the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which the Company expects to file with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 17, 2017.15, 2018.
 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Except the information required by Section 201(d) of Regulation S-K which is set forth below, the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement with respect to the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which the Company expects to file with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 17, 2017.15, 2018.

As of December 31, 2016: 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options

 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options

 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:      
2013 Stock Incentive Plan 2,076.0
 $52.32
 4,273.4
2009 Stock Incentive Plan (and predecessor plans) 614.5
 48.80
 
2009 Non-employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (and predecessor plans) 33.5
 42.37
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
 
 
Total 2,724.0
 $51.41
 4,273.4
As of December 31, 2017: 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
  (a) (b) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:      
2013 Stock Incentive Plan (and predecessor plans) 3,623,918
a 
56.45
 3,877,388
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
 
 
Total 3,623,918
 $56.45
 3,877,388
aIncludes 408,895 RSUs, 163,364 DSUs and 501,827 PRSUs, assuming the maximum potential payout percentage. Actual numbers of shares may vary, depending on actual performance. If the PRSUs included in this total vest at the target performance level as opposed to the maximum level, the aggregate awards outstanding would be 3,383,060. Column (b) does not take RSUs, PRSUs or DSUs into account because they do not have an exercise price.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement with respect to the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which the Company expects to file with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 17, 2017.


15, 2018.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement with respect to the 20172018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which the Company expects to file with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 17, 2017.15, 2018.





Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
Page
 Number 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(b) Exhibits
Exhibit No.  Description
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 101.INS  XBRL Instance Document
Exhibit 101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Exhibit 101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
Exhibit 101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Exhibit 101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
Exhibit 101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
Exhibits to Form 10-K — Documents incorporated by reference:
(3)(a)(2)The Company’s CertificateInstruments Defining the Rights of Incorporation,Security Holders:
(3)Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws:
3 (b)By-laws
April 25, 2017).

(4)Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders:
(4)(a)
(4)(c)(1)
Indenture, dated as of dated as of February 5, 2018, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2018).
(4)(c)(2)
Form of Note for 4.200% Senior Notes due 2048 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2018).

(10)Material Contracts:


10(b)
10(c)
10(d)

(iii)
10(e)
$550 million 5-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2017).
10(f)
$150 million 364-day Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2017).
10(g)
$200 million 3-Year Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2017).
(iii)Compensatory Plans
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.




Part IV
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section l3 or l5 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
CRANE CO.
(Registrant)
 
 By /s/  MaxMAX H. MitchellMITCHELL
Max H. Mitchell President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date 2/27/201726/2018
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Officers
 
           
  /s/ MaxMAX H. MitchellMITCHELL   /s/  RICHARD A. MAUE           /s/ RICHARD A. MAUE        
   Max H. Mitchell President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   
Richard A. Maue Vice President - Finance Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
   
Richard A. Maue Vice President - Finance Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  Date 2/27/201726/2018   Date 2/27/201726/2018   Date 2/27/201726/2018
Directors
      
 /s/ R.S. EVANS         /s/  MARTIN R. BENANTE /s/ E.THAYER BIGELOW        
 R.S. Evans, Chairman of the Board Martin R. Benante E. Thayer Bigelow
 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018
      
 /s/ DONALD G. COOK /s/ RONALD C. LINDSAY /s/ PHILIP R. LOCHNER, JR.        
 Donald G. Cook Ronald C. Lindsay Philip R. Lochner, Jr.
 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018
      
 /s/  ELLEN MCCLAIN /s/ CHARLES G. MCCLURE, JR. /s/ JENNIFER M. POLLINO
 Ellen McClain Peter O. ScannellCharles G. McClure, Jr. Jennifer M. Pollino
 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/27/201726/2018
      
 /s/ PETER O. SCANNELL /s/ JAMES L.L. TULLIS  
Peter O. Scannell James L.L. Tullis  
 Date 2/27/201726/2018 Date 2/26/2018  



Page 8995